1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * eval.c: Expression evaluation. 12 */ 13 #define USING_FLOAT_STUFF 14 15 #include "vim.h" 16 17 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 18 19 #ifdef VMS 20 # include <float.h> 21 #endif 22 23 #define DICT_MAXNEST 100 /* maximum nesting of lists and dicts */ 24 25 static char *e_letunexp = N_("E18: Unexpected characters in :let"); 26 static char *e_undefvar = N_("E121: Undefined variable: %s"); 27 static char *e_missbrac = N_("E111: Missing ']'"); 28 static char *e_dictrange = N_("E719: Cannot use [:] with a Dictionary"); 29 static char *e_letwrong = N_("E734: Wrong variable type for %s="); 30 static char *e_illvar = N_("E461: Illegal variable name: %s"); 31 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 32 static char *e_float_as_string = N_("E806: using Float as a String"); 33 #endif 34 35 #define NAMESPACE_CHAR (char_u *)"abglstvw" 36 37 static dictitem_T globvars_var; /* variable used for g: */ 38 #define globvarht globvardict.dv_hashtab 39 40 /* 41 * Old Vim variables such as "v:version" are also available without the "v:". 42 * Also in functions. We need a special hashtable for them. 43 */ 44 static hashtab_T compat_hashtab; 45 46 /* 47 * When recursively copying lists and dicts we need to remember which ones we 48 * have done to avoid endless recursiveness. This unique ID is used for that. 49 * The last bit is used for previous_funccal, ignored when comparing. 50 */ 51 static int current_copyID = 0; 52 53 /* 54 * Array to hold the hashtab with variables local to each sourced script. 55 * Each item holds a variable (nameless) that points to the dict_T. 56 */ 57 typedef struct 58 { 59 dictitem_T sv_var; 60 dict_T sv_dict; 61 } scriptvar_T; 62 63 static garray_T ga_scripts = {0, 0, sizeof(scriptvar_T *), 4, NULL}; 64 #define SCRIPT_SV(id) (((scriptvar_T **)ga_scripts.ga_data)[(id) - 1]) 65 #define SCRIPT_VARS(id) (SCRIPT_SV(id)->sv_dict.dv_hashtab) 66 67 static int echo_attr = 0; /* attributes used for ":echo" */ 68 69 /* The names of packages that once were loaded are remembered. */ 70 static garray_T ga_loaded = {0, 0, sizeof(char_u *), 4, NULL}; 71 72 /* 73 * Info used by a ":for" loop. 74 */ 75 typedef struct 76 { 77 int fi_semicolon; /* TRUE if ending in '; var]' */ 78 int fi_varcount; /* nr of variables in the list */ 79 listwatch_T fi_lw; /* keep an eye on the item used. */ 80 list_T *fi_list; /* list being used */ 81 } forinfo_T; 82 83 84 /* 85 * Array to hold the value of v: variables. 86 * The value is in a dictitem, so that it can also be used in the v: scope. 87 * The reason to use this table anyway is for very quick access to the 88 * variables with the VV_ defines. 89 */ 90 91 /* values for vv_flags: */ 92 #define VV_COMPAT 1 /* compatible, also used without "v:" */ 93 #define VV_RO 2 /* read-only */ 94 #define VV_RO_SBX 4 /* read-only in the sandbox */ 95 96 #define VV_NAME(s, t) s, {{t, 0, {0}}, 0, {0}} 97 98 static struct vimvar 99 { 100 char *vv_name; /* name of variable, without v: */ 101 dictitem16_T vv_di; /* value and name for key (max 16 chars!) */ 102 char vv_flags; /* VV_COMPAT, VV_RO, VV_RO_SBX */ 103 } vimvars[VV_LEN] = 104 { 105 /* 106 * The order here must match the VV_ defines in vim.h! 107 * Initializing a union does not work, leave tv.vval empty to get zero's. 108 */ 109 {VV_NAME("count", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 110 {VV_NAME("count1", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 111 {VV_NAME("prevcount", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 112 {VV_NAME("errmsg", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 113 {VV_NAME("warningmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 114 {VV_NAME("statusmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 115 {VV_NAME("shell_error", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 116 {VV_NAME("this_session", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 117 {VV_NAME("version", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 118 {VV_NAME("lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 119 {VV_NAME("termresponse", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 120 {VV_NAME("fname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 121 {VV_NAME("lang", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 122 {VV_NAME("lc_time", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 123 {VV_NAME("ctype", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 124 {VV_NAME("charconvert_from", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 125 {VV_NAME("charconvert_to", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 126 {VV_NAME("fname_in", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 127 {VV_NAME("fname_out", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 128 {VV_NAME("fname_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 129 {VV_NAME("fname_diff", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 130 {VV_NAME("cmdarg", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 131 {VV_NAME("foldstart", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 132 {VV_NAME("foldend", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 133 {VV_NAME("folddashes", VAR_STRING), VV_RO_SBX}, 134 {VV_NAME("foldlevel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 135 {VV_NAME("progname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 136 {VV_NAME("servername", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 137 {VV_NAME("dying", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 138 {VV_NAME("exception", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 139 {VV_NAME("throwpoint", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 140 {VV_NAME("register", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 141 {VV_NAME("cmdbang", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 142 {VV_NAME("insertmode", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 143 {VV_NAME("val", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 144 {VV_NAME("key", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 145 {VV_NAME("profiling", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 146 {VV_NAME("fcs_reason", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 147 {VV_NAME("fcs_choice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 148 {VV_NAME("beval_bufnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 149 {VV_NAME("beval_winnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 150 {VV_NAME("beval_winid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 151 {VV_NAME("beval_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 152 {VV_NAME("beval_col", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 153 {VV_NAME("beval_text", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 154 {VV_NAME("scrollstart", VAR_STRING), 0}, 155 {VV_NAME("swapname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 156 {VV_NAME("swapchoice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 157 {VV_NAME("swapcommand", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 158 {VV_NAME("char", VAR_STRING), 0}, 159 {VV_NAME("mouse_win", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 160 {VV_NAME("mouse_winid", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 161 {VV_NAME("mouse_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 162 {VV_NAME("mouse_col", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 163 {VV_NAME("operator", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 164 {VV_NAME("searchforward", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 165 {VV_NAME("hlsearch", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 166 {VV_NAME("oldfiles", VAR_LIST), 0}, 167 {VV_NAME("windowid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 168 {VV_NAME("progpath", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 169 {VV_NAME("completed_item", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 170 {VV_NAME("option_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 171 {VV_NAME("option_old", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 172 {VV_NAME("option_type", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 173 {VV_NAME("errors", VAR_LIST), 0}, 174 {VV_NAME("false", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 175 {VV_NAME("true", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 176 {VV_NAME("null", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 177 {VV_NAME("none", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 178 {VV_NAME("vim_did_enter", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 179 {VV_NAME("testing", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 180 {VV_NAME("t_number", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 181 {VV_NAME("t_string", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 182 {VV_NAME("t_func", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 183 {VV_NAME("t_list", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 184 {VV_NAME("t_dict", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 185 {VV_NAME("t_float", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 186 {VV_NAME("t_bool", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 187 {VV_NAME("t_none", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 188 {VV_NAME("t_job", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 189 {VV_NAME("t_channel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 190 {VV_NAME("termrfgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 191 {VV_NAME("termrbgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 192 {VV_NAME("termu7resp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 193 {VV_NAME("termstyleresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 194 {VV_NAME("termblinkresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 195 {VV_NAME("event", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 196 }; 197 198 /* shorthand */ 199 #define vv_type vv_di.di_tv.v_type 200 #define vv_nr vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_number 201 #define vv_float vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_float 202 #define vv_str vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_string 203 #define vv_list vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_list 204 #define vv_dict vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_dict 205 #define vv_tv vv_di.di_tv 206 207 static dictitem_T vimvars_var; /* variable used for v: */ 208 #define vimvarht vimvardict.dv_hashtab 209 210 static int ex_let_vars(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, int semicolon, int var_count, char_u *nextchars); 211 static char_u *skip_var_list(char_u *arg, int *var_count, int *semicolon); 212 static char_u *skip_var_one(char_u *arg); 213 static void list_glob_vars(int *first); 214 static void list_buf_vars(int *first); 215 static void list_win_vars(int *first); 216 static void list_tab_vars(int *first); 217 static void list_vim_vars(int *first); 218 static void list_script_vars(int *first); 219 static char_u *list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first); 220 static char_u *ex_let_one(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, char_u *endchars, char_u *op); 221 static void set_var_lval(lval_T *lp, char_u *endp, typval_T *rettv, int copy, char_u *op); 222 static int tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op); 223 static void ex_unletlock(exarg_T *eap, char_u *argstart, int deep); 224 static int do_unlet_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int forceit); 225 static int do_lock_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int deep, int lock); 226 static void item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock); 227 228 static int eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 229 static int eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 230 static int eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 231 static int eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 232 static int eval6(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 233 static int eval7(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 234 235 static int eval_index(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int verbose); 236 static int get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 237 static int get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 238 static int free_unref_items(int copyID); 239 static int get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 240 static int get_env_len(char_u **arg); 241 static char_u * make_expanded_name(char_u *in_start, char_u *expr_start, char_u *expr_end, char_u *in_end); 242 static void check_vars(char_u *name, int len); 243 static typval_T *alloc_string_tv(char_u *string); 244 static void delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi); 245 static void list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first); 246 static void list_one_var_a(char_u *prefix, char_u *name, int type, char_u *string, int *first); 247 static char_u *find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags); 248 249 /* for VIM_VERSION_ defines */ 250 #include "version.h" 251 252 253 #if defined(EBCDIC) || defined(PROTO) 254 /* 255 * Compare struct fst by function name. 256 */ 257 static int 258 compare_func_name(const void *s1, const void *s2) 259 { 260 struct fst *p1 = (struct fst *)s1; 261 struct fst *p2 = (struct fst *)s2; 262 263 return STRCMP(p1->f_name, p2->f_name); 264 } 265 266 /* 267 * Sort the function table by function name. 268 * The sorting of the table above is ASCII dependant. 269 * On machines using EBCDIC we have to sort it. 270 */ 271 static void 272 sortFunctions(void) 273 { 274 int funcCnt = (int)(sizeof(functions) / sizeof(struct fst)) - 1; 275 276 qsort(functions, (size_t)funcCnt, sizeof(struct fst), compare_func_name); 277 } 278 #endif 279 280 281 /* 282 * Initialize the global and v: variables. 283 */ 284 void 285 eval_init(void) 286 { 287 int i; 288 struct vimvar *p; 289 290 init_var_dict(&globvardict, &globvars_var, VAR_DEF_SCOPE); 291 init_var_dict(&vimvardict, &vimvars_var, VAR_SCOPE); 292 vimvardict.dv_lock = VAR_FIXED; 293 hash_init(&compat_hashtab); 294 func_init(); 295 296 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 297 { 298 p = &vimvars[i]; 299 if (STRLEN(p->vv_name) > 16) 300 { 301 IEMSG("INTERNAL: name too long, increase size of dictitem16_T"); 302 getout(1); 303 } 304 STRCPY(p->vv_di.di_key, p->vv_name); 305 if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO) 306 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 307 else if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO_SBX) 308 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 309 else 310 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_FIX; 311 312 /* add to v: scope dict, unless the value is not always available */ 313 if (p->vv_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 314 hash_add(&vimvarht, p->vv_di.di_key); 315 if (p->vv_flags & VV_COMPAT) 316 /* add to compat scope dict */ 317 hash_add(&compat_hashtab, p->vv_di.di_key); 318 } 319 vimvars[VV_VERSION].vv_nr = VIM_VERSION_100; 320 321 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SEARCHFORWARD, 1L); 322 set_vim_var_nr(VV_HLSEARCH, 1L); 323 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 324 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 325 set_vim_var_dict(VV_EVENT, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 326 327 set_vim_var_nr(VV_FALSE, VVAL_FALSE); 328 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TRUE, VVAL_TRUE); 329 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NONE, VVAL_NONE); 330 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NULL, VVAL_NULL); 331 332 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NUMBER, VAR_TYPE_NUMBER); 333 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_STRING, VAR_TYPE_STRING); 334 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FUNC, VAR_TYPE_FUNC); 335 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_LIST, VAR_TYPE_LIST); 336 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_DICT, VAR_TYPE_DICT); 337 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FLOAT, VAR_TYPE_FLOAT); 338 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_BOOL, VAR_TYPE_BOOL); 339 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NONE, VAR_TYPE_NONE); 340 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_JOB, VAR_TYPE_JOB); 341 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_CHANNEL, VAR_TYPE_CHANNEL); 342 343 set_reg_var(0); /* default for v:register is not 0 but '"' */ 344 345 #ifdef EBCDIC 346 /* 347 * Sort the function table, to enable binary search. 348 */ 349 sortFunctions(); 350 #endif 351 } 352 353 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 354 void 355 eval_clear(void) 356 { 357 int i; 358 struct vimvar *p; 359 360 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 361 { 362 p = &vimvars[i]; 363 if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 364 VIM_CLEAR(p->vv_str); 365 else if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 366 { 367 list_unref(p->vv_list); 368 p->vv_list = NULL; 369 } 370 } 371 hash_clear(&vimvarht); 372 hash_init(&vimvarht); /* garbage_collect() will access it */ 373 hash_clear(&compat_hashtab); 374 375 free_scriptnames(); 376 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) 377 free_locales(); 378 # endif 379 380 /* global variables */ 381 vars_clear(&globvarht); 382 383 /* autoloaded script names */ 384 ga_clear_strings(&ga_loaded); 385 386 /* Script-local variables. First clear all the variables and in a second 387 * loop free the scriptvar_T, because a variable in one script might hold 388 * a reference to the whole scope of another script. */ 389 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 390 vars_clear(&SCRIPT_VARS(i)); 391 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 392 vim_free(SCRIPT_SV(i)); 393 ga_clear(&ga_scripts); 394 395 /* unreferenced lists and dicts */ 396 (void)garbage_collect(FALSE); 397 398 /* functions */ 399 free_all_functions(); 400 } 401 #endif 402 403 404 /* 405 * Set an internal variable to a string value. Creates the variable if it does 406 * not already exist. 407 */ 408 void 409 set_internal_string_var(char_u *name, char_u *value) 410 { 411 char_u *val; 412 typval_T *tvp; 413 414 val = vim_strsave(value); 415 if (val != NULL) 416 { 417 tvp = alloc_string_tv(val); 418 if (tvp != NULL) 419 { 420 set_var(name, tvp, FALSE); 421 free_tv(tvp); 422 } 423 } 424 } 425 426 static lval_T *redir_lval = NULL; 427 #define EVALCMD_BUSY (redir_lval == (lval_T *)&redir_lval) 428 static garray_T redir_ga; /* only valid when redir_lval is not NULL */ 429 static char_u *redir_endp = NULL; 430 static char_u *redir_varname = NULL; 431 432 /* 433 * Start recording command output to a variable 434 * When "append" is TRUE append to an existing variable. 435 * Returns OK if successfully completed the setup. FAIL otherwise. 436 */ 437 int 438 var_redir_start(char_u *name, int append) 439 { 440 int save_emsg; 441 int err; 442 typval_T tv; 443 444 /* Catch a bad name early. */ 445 if (!eval_isnamec1(*name)) 446 { 447 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 448 return FAIL; 449 } 450 451 /* Make a copy of the name, it is used in redir_lval until redir ends. */ 452 redir_varname = vim_strsave(name); 453 if (redir_varname == NULL) 454 return FAIL; 455 456 redir_lval = (lval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(lval_T)); 457 if (redir_lval == NULL) 458 { 459 var_redir_stop(); 460 return FAIL; 461 } 462 463 /* The output is stored in growarray "redir_ga" until redirection ends. */ 464 ga_init2(&redir_ga, (int)sizeof(char), 500); 465 466 /* Parse the variable name (can be a dict or list entry). */ 467 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 468 FNE_CHECK_START); 469 if (redir_endp == NULL || redir_lval->ll_name == NULL || *redir_endp != NUL) 470 { 471 clear_lval(redir_lval); 472 if (redir_endp != NULL && *redir_endp != NUL) 473 /* Trailing characters are present after the variable name */ 474 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 475 else 476 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 477 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 478 var_redir_stop(); 479 return FAIL; 480 } 481 482 /* check if we can write to the variable: set it to or append an empty 483 * string */ 484 save_emsg = did_emsg; 485 did_emsg = FALSE; 486 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 487 tv.vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 488 if (append) 489 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"."); 490 else 491 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"="); 492 clear_lval(redir_lval); 493 err = did_emsg; 494 did_emsg |= save_emsg; 495 if (err) 496 { 497 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 498 var_redir_stop(); 499 return FAIL; 500 } 501 502 return OK; 503 } 504 505 /* 506 * Append "value[value_len]" to the variable set by var_redir_start(). 507 * The actual appending is postponed until redirection ends, because the value 508 * appended may in fact be the string we write to, changing it may cause freed 509 * memory to be used: 510 * :redir => foo 511 * :let foo 512 * :redir END 513 */ 514 void 515 var_redir_str(char_u *value, int value_len) 516 { 517 int len; 518 519 if (redir_lval == NULL) 520 return; 521 522 if (value_len == -1) 523 len = (int)STRLEN(value); /* Append the entire string */ 524 else 525 len = value_len; /* Append only "value_len" characters */ 526 527 if (ga_grow(&redir_ga, len) == OK) 528 { 529 mch_memmove((char *)redir_ga.ga_data + redir_ga.ga_len, value, len); 530 redir_ga.ga_len += len; 531 } 532 else 533 var_redir_stop(); 534 } 535 536 /* 537 * Stop redirecting command output to a variable. 538 * Frees the allocated memory. 539 */ 540 void 541 var_redir_stop(void) 542 { 543 typval_T tv; 544 545 if (EVALCMD_BUSY) 546 { 547 redir_lval = NULL; 548 return; 549 } 550 551 if (redir_lval != NULL) 552 { 553 /* If there was no error: assign the text to the variable. */ 554 if (redir_endp != NULL) 555 { 556 ga_append(&redir_ga, NUL); /* Append the trailing NUL. */ 557 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 558 tv.vval.v_string = redir_ga.ga_data; 559 /* Call get_lval() again, if it's inside a Dict or List it may 560 * have changed. */ 561 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, 562 FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 563 if (redir_endp != NULL && redir_lval->ll_name != NULL) 564 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, FALSE, (char_u *)"."); 565 clear_lval(redir_lval); 566 } 567 568 /* free the collected output */ 569 VIM_CLEAR(redir_ga.ga_data); 570 571 VIM_CLEAR(redir_lval); 572 } 573 VIM_CLEAR(redir_varname); 574 } 575 576 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 577 int 578 eval_charconvert( 579 char_u *enc_from, 580 char_u *enc_to, 581 char_u *fname_from, 582 char_u *fname_to) 583 { 584 int err = FALSE; 585 586 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, enc_from, -1); 587 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, enc_to, -1); 588 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname_from, -1); 589 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, fname_to, -1); 590 if (eval_to_bool(p_ccv, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 591 err = TRUE; 592 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, NULL, -1); 593 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, NULL, -1); 594 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 595 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 596 597 if (err) 598 return FAIL; 599 return OK; 600 } 601 # endif 602 603 # if defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO) 604 int 605 eval_printexpr(char_u *fname, char_u *args) 606 { 607 int err = FALSE; 608 609 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname, -1); 610 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, args, -1); 611 if (eval_to_bool(p_pexpr, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 612 err = TRUE; 613 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 614 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, NULL, -1); 615 616 if (err) 617 { 618 mch_remove(fname); 619 return FAIL; 620 } 621 return OK; 622 } 623 # endif 624 625 # if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) 626 void 627 eval_diff( 628 char_u *origfile, 629 char_u *newfile, 630 char_u *outfile) 631 { 632 int err = FALSE; 633 634 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 635 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, newfile, -1); 636 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 637 (void)eval_to_bool(p_dex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 638 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 639 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, NULL, -1); 640 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 641 } 642 643 void 644 eval_patch( 645 char_u *origfile, 646 char_u *difffile, 647 char_u *outfile) 648 { 649 int err; 650 651 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 652 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, difffile, -1); 653 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 654 (void)eval_to_bool(p_pex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 655 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 656 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, NULL, -1); 657 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 658 } 659 # endif 660 661 /* 662 * Top level evaluation function, returning a boolean. 663 * Sets "error" to TRUE if there was an error. 664 * Return TRUE or FALSE. 665 */ 666 int 667 eval_to_bool( 668 char_u *arg, 669 int *error, 670 char_u **nextcmd, 671 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 672 { 673 typval_T tv; 674 varnumber_T retval = FALSE; 675 676 if (skip) 677 ++emsg_skip; 678 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL) 679 *error = TRUE; 680 else 681 { 682 *error = FALSE; 683 if (!skip) 684 { 685 retval = (get_tv_number_chk(&tv, error) != 0); 686 clear_tv(&tv); 687 } 688 } 689 if (skip) 690 --emsg_skip; 691 692 return (int)retval; 693 } 694 695 static int 696 eval_expr_typval(typval_T *expr, typval_T *argv, int argc, typval_T *rettv) 697 { 698 char_u *s; 699 int dummy; 700 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 701 702 if (expr->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 703 { 704 s = expr->vval.v_string; 705 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 706 return FAIL; 707 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 708 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, NULL, NULL) == FAIL) 709 return FAIL; 710 } 711 else if (expr->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 712 { 713 partial_T *partial = expr->vval.v_partial; 714 715 s = partial_name(partial); 716 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 717 return FAIL; 718 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 719 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, partial, NULL) == FAIL) 720 return FAIL; 721 } 722 else 723 { 724 s = get_tv_string_buf_chk(expr, buf); 725 if (s == NULL) 726 return FAIL; 727 s = skipwhite(s); 728 if (eval1(&s, rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 729 return FAIL; 730 if (*s != NUL) /* check for trailing chars after expr */ 731 { 732 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), s); 733 return FAIL; 734 } 735 } 736 return OK; 737 } 738 739 /* 740 * Like eval_to_bool() but using a typval_T instead of a string. 741 * Works for string, funcref and partial. 742 */ 743 int 744 eval_expr_to_bool(typval_T *expr, int *error) 745 { 746 typval_T rettv; 747 int res; 748 749 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, NULL, 0, &rettv) == FAIL) 750 { 751 *error = TRUE; 752 return FALSE; 753 } 754 res = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, error) != 0); 755 clear_tv(&rettv); 756 return res; 757 } 758 759 /* 760 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. If "skip" is TRUE, 761 * only parsing to "nextcmd" is done, without reporting errors. Return 762 * pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure or when "skip" is TRUE. 763 */ 764 char_u * 765 eval_to_string_skip( 766 char_u *arg, 767 char_u **nextcmd, 768 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 769 { 770 typval_T tv; 771 char_u *retval; 772 773 if (skip) 774 ++emsg_skip; 775 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL || skip) 776 retval = NULL; 777 else 778 { 779 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 780 clear_tv(&tv); 781 } 782 if (skip) 783 --emsg_skip; 784 785 return retval; 786 } 787 788 /* 789 * Skip over an expression at "*pp". 790 * Return FAIL for an error, OK otherwise. 791 */ 792 int 793 skip_expr(char_u **pp) 794 { 795 typval_T rettv; 796 797 *pp = skipwhite(*pp); 798 return eval1(pp, &rettv, FALSE); 799 } 800 801 /* 802 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. 803 * When "convert" is TRUE convert a List into a sequence of lines and convert 804 * a Float to a String. 805 * Return pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. 806 */ 807 char_u * 808 eval_to_string( 809 char_u *arg, 810 char_u **nextcmd, 811 int convert) 812 { 813 typval_T tv; 814 char_u *retval; 815 garray_T ga; 816 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 817 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 818 #endif 819 820 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 821 retval = NULL; 822 else 823 { 824 if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 825 { 826 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char), 80); 827 if (tv.vval.v_list != NULL) 828 { 829 list_join(&ga, tv.vval.v_list, (char_u *)"\n", TRUE, FALSE, 0); 830 if (tv.vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 831 ga_append(&ga, NL); 832 } 833 ga_append(&ga, NUL); 834 retval = (char_u *)ga.ga_data; 835 } 836 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 837 else if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 838 { 839 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv.vval.v_float); 840 retval = vim_strsave(numbuf); 841 } 842 #endif 843 else 844 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 845 clear_tv(&tv); 846 } 847 848 return retval; 849 } 850 851 /* 852 * Call eval_to_string() without using current local variables and using 853 * textlock. When "use_sandbox" is TRUE use the sandbox. 854 */ 855 char_u * 856 eval_to_string_safe( 857 char_u *arg, 858 char_u **nextcmd, 859 int use_sandbox) 860 { 861 char_u *retval; 862 void *save_funccalp; 863 864 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 865 if (use_sandbox) 866 ++sandbox; 867 ++textlock; 868 retval = eval_to_string(arg, nextcmd, FALSE); 869 if (use_sandbox) 870 --sandbox; 871 --textlock; 872 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 873 return retval; 874 } 875 876 /* 877 * Top level evaluation function, returning a number. 878 * Evaluates "expr" silently. 879 * Returns -1 for an error. 880 */ 881 varnumber_T 882 eval_to_number(char_u *expr) 883 { 884 typval_T rettv; 885 varnumber_T retval; 886 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 887 888 ++emsg_off; 889 890 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 891 retval = -1; 892 else 893 { 894 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 895 clear_tv(&rettv); 896 } 897 --emsg_off; 898 899 return retval; 900 } 901 902 /* 903 * Prepare v: variable "idx" to be used. 904 * Save the current typeval in "save_tv". 905 * When not used yet add the variable to the v: hashtable. 906 */ 907 static void 908 prepare_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 909 { 910 *save_tv = vimvars[idx].vv_tv; 911 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 912 hash_add(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 913 } 914 915 /* 916 * Restore v: variable "idx" to typeval "save_tv". 917 * When no longer defined, remove the variable from the v: hashtable. 918 */ 919 static void 920 restore_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 921 { 922 hashitem_T *hi; 923 924 vimvars[idx].vv_tv = *save_tv; 925 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 926 { 927 hi = hash_find(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 928 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 929 internal_error("restore_vimvar()"); 930 else 931 hash_remove(&vimvarht, hi); 932 } 933 } 934 935 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) 936 /* 937 * Evaluate an expression to a list with suggestions. 938 * For the "expr:" part of 'spellsuggest'. 939 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 940 */ 941 list_T * 942 eval_spell_expr(char_u *badword, char_u *expr) 943 { 944 typval_T save_val; 945 typval_T rettv; 946 list_T *list = NULL; 947 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 948 949 /* Set "v:val" to the bad word. */ 950 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 951 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 952 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_str = badword; 953 if (p_verbose == 0) 954 ++emsg_off; 955 956 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == OK) 957 { 958 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 959 clear_tv(&rettv); 960 else 961 list = rettv.vval.v_list; 962 } 963 964 if (p_verbose == 0) 965 --emsg_off; 966 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 967 968 return list; 969 } 970 971 /* 972 * "list" is supposed to contain two items: a word and a number. Return the 973 * word in "pp" and the number as the return value. 974 * Return -1 if anything isn't right. 975 * Used to get the good word and score from the eval_spell_expr() result. 976 */ 977 int 978 get_spellword(list_T *list, char_u **pp) 979 { 980 listitem_T *li; 981 982 li = list->lv_first; 983 if (li == NULL) 984 return -1; 985 *pp = get_tv_string(&li->li_tv); 986 987 li = li->li_next; 988 if (li == NULL) 989 return -1; 990 return (int)get_tv_number(&li->li_tv); 991 } 992 #endif 993 994 /* 995 * Top level evaluation function. 996 * Returns an allocated typval_T with the result. 997 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 998 */ 999 typval_T * 1000 eval_expr(char_u *arg, char_u **nextcmd) 1001 { 1002 typval_T *tv; 1003 1004 tv = (typval_T *)alloc(sizeof(typval_T)); 1005 if (tv != NULL && eval0(arg, tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 1006 VIM_CLEAR(tv); 1007 1008 return tv; 1009 } 1010 1011 1012 /* 1013 * Call some Vim script function and return the result in "*rettv". 1014 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. Only Number and String 1015 * arguments are currently supported. 1016 * Returns OK or FAIL. 1017 */ 1018 int 1019 call_vim_function( 1020 char_u *func, 1021 int argc, 1022 char_u **argv, 1023 int safe, /* use the sandbox */ 1024 int str_arg_only, /* all arguments are strings */ 1025 typval_T *rettv) 1026 { 1027 typval_T *argvars; 1028 varnumber_T n; 1029 int len; 1030 int i; 1031 int doesrange; 1032 void *save_funccalp = NULL; 1033 int ret; 1034 1035 argvars = (typval_T *)alloc((unsigned)((argc + 1) * sizeof(typval_T))); 1036 if (argvars == NULL) 1037 return FAIL; 1038 1039 for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) 1040 { 1041 /* Pass a NULL or empty argument as an empty string */ 1042 if (argv[i] == NULL || *argv[i] == NUL) 1043 { 1044 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_STRING; 1045 argvars[i].vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 1046 continue; 1047 } 1048 1049 if (str_arg_only) 1050 len = 0; 1051 else 1052 { 1053 /* Recognize a number argument, the others must be strings. A dash 1054 * is a string too. */ 1055 vim_str2nr(argv[i], NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 1056 if (len == 1 && *argv[i] == '-') 1057 len = 0; 1058 } 1059 if (len != 0 && len == (int)STRLEN(argv[i])) 1060 { 1061 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 1062 argvars[i].vval.v_number = n; 1063 } 1064 else 1065 { 1066 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_STRING; 1067 argvars[i].vval.v_string = argv[i]; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 if (safe) 1072 { 1073 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 1074 ++sandbox; 1075 } 1076 1077 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; /* clear_tv() uses this */ 1078 ret = call_func(func, (int)STRLEN(func), rettv, argc, argvars, NULL, 1079 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1080 &doesrange, TRUE, NULL, NULL); 1081 if (safe) 1082 { 1083 --sandbox; 1084 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 1085 } 1086 vim_free(argvars); 1087 1088 if (ret == FAIL) 1089 clear_tv(rettv); 1090 1091 return ret; 1092 } 1093 1094 /* 1095 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a number. 1096 * Returns -1 when calling the function fails. 1097 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1098 */ 1099 varnumber_T 1100 call_func_retnr( 1101 char_u *func, 1102 int argc, 1103 char_u **argv, 1104 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1105 { 1106 typval_T rettv; 1107 varnumber_T retval; 1108 1109 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1110 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1111 return -1; 1112 1113 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 1114 clear_tv(&rettv); 1115 return retval; 1116 } 1117 1118 #if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) \ 1119 || defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(PROTO) 1120 1121 # if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) || defined(PROTO) 1122 /* 1123 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a string. 1124 * Returns NULL when calling the function fails. 1125 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1126 */ 1127 void * 1128 call_func_retstr( 1129 char_u *func, 1130 int argc, 1131 char_u **argv, 1132 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1133 { 1134 typval_T rettv; 1135 char_u *retval; 1136 1137 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1138 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1139 return NULL; 1140 1141 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&rettv)); 1142 clear_tv(&rettv); 1143 return retval; 1144 } 1145 # endif 1146 1147 /* 1148 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a List. 1149 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1150 * Returns NULL when there is something wrong. 1151 */ 1152 void * 1153 call_func_retlist( 1154 char_u *func, 1155 int argc, 1156 char_u **argv, 1157 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1158 { 1159 typval_T rettv; 1160 1161 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1162 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1163 return NULL; 1164 1165 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 1166 { 1167 clear_tv(&rettv); 1168 return NULL; 1169 } 1170 1171 return rettv.vval.v_list; 1172 } 1173 #endif 1174 1175 1176 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1177 /* 1178 * Evaluate 'foldexpr'. Returns the foldlevel, and any character preceding 1179 * it in "*cp". Doesn't give error messages. 1180 */ 1181 int 1182 eval_foldexpr(char_u *arg, int *cp) 1183 { 1184 typval_T tv; 1185 varnumber_T retval; 1186 char_u *s; 1187 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"foldexpr", 1188 OPT_LOCAL); 1189 1190 ++emsg_off; 1191 if (use_sandbox) 1192 ++sandbox; 1193 ++textlock; 1194 *cp = NUL; 1195 if (eval0(arg, &tv, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) 1196 retval = 0; 1197 else 1198 { 1199 /* If the result is a number, just return the number. */ 1200 if (tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 1201 retval = tv.vval.v_number; 1202 else if (tv.v_type != VAR_STRING || tv.vval.v_string == NULL) 1203 retval = 0; 1204 else 1205 { 1206 /* If the result is a string, check if there is a non-digit before 1207 * the number. */ 1208 s = tv.vval.v_string; 1209 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*s) && *s != '-') 1210 *cp = *s++; 1211 retval = atol((char *)s); 1212 } 1213 clear_tv(&tv); 1214 } 1215 --emsg_off; 1216 if (use_sandbox) 1217 --sandbox; 1218 --textlock; 1219 1220 return (int)retval; 1221 } 1222 #endif 1223 1224 /* 1225 * ":let" list all variable values 1226 * ":let var1 var2" list variable values 1227 * ":let var = expr" assignment command. 1228 * ":let var += expr" assignment command. 1229 * ":let var -= expr" assignment command. 1230 * ":let var .= expr" assignment command. 1231 * ":let [var1, var2] = expr" unpack list. 1232 */ 1233 void 1234 ex_let(exarg_T *eap) 1235 { 1236 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 1237 char_u *expr = NULL; 1238 typval_T rettv; 1239 int i; 1240 int var_count = 0; 1241 int semicolon = 0; 1242 char_u op[2]; 1243 char_u *argend; 1244 int first = TRUE; 1245 1246 argend = skip_var_list(arg, &var_count, &semicolon); 1247 if (argend == NULL) 1248 return; 1249 if (argend > arg && argend[-1] == '.') /* for var.='str' */ 1250 --argend; 1251 expr = skipwhite(argend); 1252 if (*expr != '=' && !(vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL 1253 && expr[1] == '=')) 1254 { 1255 /* 1256 * ":let" without "=": list variables 1257 */ 1258 if (*arg == '[') 1259 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 1260 else if (!ends_excmd(*arg)) 1261 /* ":let var1 var2" */ 1262 arg = list_arg_vars(eap, arg, &first); 1263 else if (!eap->skip) 1264 { 1265 /* ":let" */ 1266 list_glob_vars(&first); 1267 list_buf_vars(&first); 1268 list_win_vars(&first); 1269 list_tab_vars(&first); 1270 list_script_vars(&first); 1271 list_func_vars(&first); 1272 list_vim_vars(&first); 1273 } 1274 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 1275 } 1276 else 1277 { 1278 op[0] = '='; 1279 op[1] = NUL; 1280 if (*expr != '=') 1281 { 1282 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL) 1283 op[0] = *expr; /* +=, -= or .= */ 1284 expr = skipwhite(expr + 2); 1285 } 1286 else 1287 expr = skipwhite(expr + 1); 1288 1289 if (eap->skip) 1290 ++emsg_skip; 1291 i = eval0(expr, &rettv, &eap->nextcmd, !eap->skip); 1292 if (eap->skip) 1293 { 1294 if (i != FAIL) 1295 clear_tv(&rettv); 1296 --emsg_skip; 1297 } 1298 else if (i != FAIL) 1299 { 1300 (void)ex_let_vars(eap->arg, &rettv, FALSE, semicolon, var_count, 1301 op); 1302 clear_tv(&rettv); 1303 } 1304 } 1305 } 1306 1307 /* 1308 * Assign the typevalue "tv" to the variable or variables at "arg_start". 1309 * Handles both "var" with any type and "[var, var; var]" with a list type. 1310 * When "nextchars" is not NULL it points to a string with characters that 1311 * must appear after the variable(s). Use "+", "-" or "." for add, subtract 1312 * or concatenate. 1313 * Returns OK or FAIL; 1314 */ 1315 static int 1316 ex_let_vars( 1317 char_u *arg_start, 1318 typval_T *tv, 1319 int copy, /* copy values from "tv", don't move */ 1320 int semicolon, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1321 int var_count, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1322 char_u *nextchars) 1323 { 1324 char_u *arg = arg_start; 1325 list_T *l; 1326 int i; 1327 listitem_T *item; 1328 typval_T ltv; 1329 1330 if (*arg != '[') 1331 { 1332 /* 1333 * ":let var = expr" or ":for var in list" 1334 */ 1335 if (ex_let_one(arg, tv, copy, nextchars, nextchars) == NULL) 1336 return FAIL; 1337 return OK; 1338 } 1339 1340 /* 1341 * ":let [v1, v2] = list" or ":for [v1, v2] in listlist" 1342 */ 1343 if (tv->v_type != VAR_LIST || (l = tv->vval.v_list) == NULL) 1344 { 1345 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 1346 return FAIL; 1347 } 1348 1349 i = list_len(l); 1350 if (semicolon == 0 && var_count < i) 1351 { 1352 EMSG(_("E687: Less targets than List items")); 1353 return FAIL; 1354 } 1355 if (var_count - semicolon > i) 1356 { 1357 EMSG(_("E688: More targets than List items")); 1358 return FAIL; 1359 } 1360 1361 item = l->lv_first; 1362 while (*arg != ']') 1363 { 1364 arg = skipwhite(arg + 1); 1365 arg = ex_let_one(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, (char_u *)",;]", nextchars); 1366 item = item->li_next; 1367 if (arg == NULL) 1368 return FAIL; 1369 1370 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1371 if (*arg == ';') 1372 { 1373 /* Put the rest of the list (may be empty) in the var after ';'. 1374 * Create a new list for this. */ 1375 l = list_alloc(); 1376 if (l == NULL) 1377 return FAIL; 1378 while (item != NULL) 1379 { 1380 list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv); 1381 item = item->li_next; 1382 } 1383 1384 ltv.v_type = VAR_LIST; 1385 ltv.v_lock = 0; 1386 ltv.vval.v_list = l; 1387 l->lv_refcount = 1; 1388 1389 arg = ex_let_one(skipwhite(arg + 1), <v, FALSE, 1390 (char_u *)"]", nextchars); 1391 clear_tv(<v); 1392 if (arg == NULL) 1393 return FAIL; 1394 break; 1395 } 1396 else if (*arg != ',' && *arg != ']') 1397 { 1398 internal_error("ex_let_vars()"); 1399 return FAIL; 1400 } 1401 } 1402 1403 return OK; 1404 } 1405 1406 /* 1407 * Skip over assignable variable "var" or list of variables "[var, var]". 1408 * Used for ":let varvar = expr" and ":for varvar in expr". 1409 * For "[var, var]" increment "*var_count" for each variable. 1410 * for "[var, var; var]" set "semicolon". 1411 * Return NULL for an error. 1412 */ 1413 static char_u * 1414 skip_var_list( 1415 char_u *arg, 1416 int *var_count, 1417 int *semicolon) 1418 { 1419 char_u *p, *s; 1420 1421 if (*arg == '[') 1422 { 1423 /* "[var, var]": find the matching ']'. */ 1424 p = arg; 1425 for (;;) 1426 { 1427 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip whites after '[', ';' or ',' */ 1428 s = skip_var_one(p); 1429 if (s == p) 1430 { 1431 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1432 return NULL; 1433 } 1434 ++*var_count; 1435 1436 p = skipwhite(s); 1437 if (*p == ']') 1438 break; 1439 else if (*p == ';') 1440 { 1441 if (*semicolon == 1) 1442 { 1443 EMSG(_("Double ; in list of variables")); 1444 return NULL; 1445 } 1446 *semicolon = 1; 1447 } 1448 else if (*p != ',') 1449 { 1450 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1451 return NULL; 1452 } 1453 } 1454 return p + 1; 1455 } 1456 else 1457 return skip_var_one(arg); 1458 } 1459 1460 /* 1461 * Skip one (assignable) variable name, including @r, $VAR, &option, d.key, 1462 * l[idx]. 1463 */ 1464 static char_u * 1465 skip_var_one(char_u *arg) 1466 { 1467 if (*arg == '@' && arg[1] != NUL) 1468 return arg + 2; 1469 return find_name_end(*arg == '$' || *arg == '&' ? arg + 1 : arg, 1470 NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1471 } 1472 1473 /* 1474 * List variables for hashtab "ht" with prefix "prefix". 1475 * If "empty" is TRUE also list NULL strings as empty strings. 1476 */ 1477 void 1478 list_hashtable_vars( 1479 hashtab_T *ht, 1480 char_u *prefix, 1481 int empty, 1482 int *first) 1483 { 1484 hashitem_T *hi; 1485 dictitem_T *di; 1486 int todo; 1487 1488 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 1489 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 1490 { 1491 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 1492 { 1493 --todo; 1494 di = HI2DI(hi); 1495 if (empty || di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_STRING 1496 || di->di_tv.vval.v_string != NULL) 1497 list_one_var(di, prefix, first); 1498 } 1499 } 1500 } 1501 1502 /* 1503 * List global variables. 1504 */ 1505 static void 1506 list_glob_vars(int *first) 1507 { 1508 list_hashtable_vars(&globvarht, (char_u *)"", TRUE, first); 1509 } 1510 1511 /* 1512 * List buffer variables. 1513 */ 1514 static void 1515 list_buf_vars(int *first) 1516 { 1517 list_hashtable_vars(&curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab, (char_u *)"b:", 1518 TRUE, first); 1519 } 1520 1521 /* 1522 * List window variables. 1523 */ 1524 static void 1525 list_win_vars(int *first) 1526 { 1527 list_hashtable_vars(&curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 1528 (char_u *)"w:", TRUE, first); 1529 } 1530 1531 /* 1532 * List tab page variables. 1533 */ 1534 static void 1535 list_tab_vars(int *first) 1536 { 1537 list_hashtable_vars(&curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab, 1538 (char_u *)"t:", TRUE, first); 1539 } 1540 1541 /* 1542 * List Vim variables. 1543 */ 1544 static void 1545 list_vim_vars(int *first) 1546 { 1547 list_hashtable_vars(&vimvarht, (char_u *)"v:", FALSE, first); 1548 } 1549 1550 /* 1551 * List script-local variables, if there is a script. 1552 */ 1553 static void 1554 list_script_vars(int *first) 1555 { 1556 if (current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 1557 list_hashtable_vars(&SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID), 1558 (char_u *)"s:", FALSE, first); 1559 } 1560 1561 /* 1562 * List variables in "arg". 1563 */ 1564 static char_u * 1565 list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first) 1566 { 1567 int error = FALSE; 1568 int len; 1569 char_u *name; 1570 char_u *name_start; 1571 char_u *arg_subsc; 1572 char_u *tofree; 1573 typval_T tv; 1574 1575 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) 1576 { 1577 if (error || eap->skip) 1578 { 1579 arg = find_name_end(arg, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1580 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(*arg) && !ends_excmd(*arg)) 1581 { 1582 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1583 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1584 break; 1585 } 1586 } 1587 else 1588 { 1589 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 1590 name_start = name = arg; 1591 len = get_name_len(&arg, &tofree, TRUE, TRUE); 1592 if (len <= 0) 1593 { 1594 /* This is mainly to keep test 49 working: when expanding 1595 * curly braces fails overrule the exception error message. */ 1596 if (len < 0 && !aborting()) 1597 { 1598 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1599 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1600 break; 1601 } 1602 error = TRUE; 1603 } 1604 else 1605 { 1606 if (tofree != NULL) 1607 name = tofree; 1608 if (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1609 error = TRUE; 1610 else 1611 { 1612 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 1613 arg_subsc = arg; 1614 if (handle_subscript(&arg, &tv, TRUE, TRUE) == FAIL) 1615 error = TRUE; 1616 else 1617 { 1618 if (arg == arg_subsc && len == 2 && name[1] == ':') 1619 { 1620 switch (*name) 1621 { 1622 case 'g': list_glob_vars(first); break; 1623 case 'b': list_buf_vars(first); break; 1624 case 'w': list_win_vars(first); break; 1625 case 't': list_tab_vars(first); break; 1626 case 'v': list_vim_vars(first); break; 1627 case 's': list_script_vars(first); break; 1628 case 'l': list_func_vars(first); break; 1629 default: 1630 EMSG2(_("E738: Can't list variables for %s"), name); 1631 } 1632 } 1633 else 1634 { 1635 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 1636 char_u *tf; 1637 int c; 1638 char_u *s; 1639 1640 s = echo_string(&tv, &tf, numbuf, 0); 1641 c = *arg; 1642 *arg = NUL; 1643 list_one_var_a((char_u *)"", 1644 arg == arg_subsc ? name : name_start, 1645 tv.v_type, 1646 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, 1647 first); 1648 *arg = c; 1649 vim_free(tf); 1650 } 1651 clear_tv(&tv); 1652 } 1653 } 1654 } 1655 1656 vim_free(tofree); 1657 } 1658 1659 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1660 } 1661 1662 return arg; 1663 } 1664 1665 /* 1666 * Set one item of ":let var = expr" or ":let [v1, v2] = list" to its value. 1667 * Returns a pointer to the char just after the var name. 1668 * Returns NULL if there is an error. 1669 */ 1670 static char_u * 1671 ex_let_one( 1672 char_u *arg, /* points to variable name */ 1673 typval_T *tv, /* value to assign to variable */ 1674 int copy, /* copy value from "tv" */ 1675 char_u *endchars, /* valid chars after variable name or NULL */ 1676 char_u *op) /* "+", "-", "." or NULL*/ 1677 { 1678 int c1; 1679 char_u *name; 1680 char_u *p; 1681 char_u *arg_end = NULL; 1682 int len; 1683 int opt_flags; 1684 char_u *tofree = NULL; 1685 1686 /* 1687 * ":let $VAR = expr": Set environment variable. 1688 */ 1689 if (*arg == '$') 1690 { 1691 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1692 ++arg; 1693 name = arg; 1694 len = get_env_len(&arg); 1695 if (len == 0) 1696 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 1697 else 1698 { 1699 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1700 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1701 else if (endchars != NULL 1702 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg)) == NULL) 1703 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1704 else if (!check_secure()) 1705 { 1706 c1 = name[len]; 1707 name[len] = NUL; 1708 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1709 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1710 { 1711 int mustfree = FALSE; 1712 char_u *s = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 1713 1714 if (s != NULL) 1715 { 1716 p = tofree = concat_str(s, p); 1717 if (mustfree) 1718 vim_free(s); 1719 } 1720 } 1721 if (p != NULL) 1722 { 1723 vim_setenv(name, p); 1724 if (STRICMP(name, "HOME") == 0) 1725 init_homedir(); 1726 else if (didset_vim && STRICMP(name, "VIM") == 0) 1727 didset_vim = FALSE; 1728 else if (didset_vimruntime 1729 && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) 1730 didset_vimruntime = FALSE; 1731 arg_end = arg; 1732 } 1733 name[len] = c1; 1734 vim_free(tofree); 1735 } 1736 } 1737 } 1738 1739 /* 1740 * ":let &option = expr": Set option value. 1741 * ":let &l:option = expr": Set local option value. 1742 * ":let &g:option = expr": Set global option value. 1743 */ 1744 else if (*arg == '&') 1745 { 1746 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1747 p = find_option_end(&arg, &opt_flags); 1748 if (p == NULL || (endchars != NULL 1749 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL)) 1750 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1751 else 1752 { 1753 long n; 1754 int opt_type; 1755 long numval; 1756 char_u *stringval = NULL; 1757 char_u *s; 1758 1759 c1 = *p; 1760 *p = NUL; 1761 1762 n = (long)get_tv_number(tv); 1763 s = get_tv_string_chk(tv); /* != NULL if number or string */ 1764 if (s != NULL && op != NULL && *op != '=') 1765 { 1766 opt_type = get_option_value(arg, &numval, 1767 &stringval, opt_flags); 1768 if ((opt_type == 1 && *op == '.') 1769 || (opt_type == 0 && *op != '.')) 1770 { 1771 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1772 s = NULL; /* don't set the value */ 1773 } 1774 else 1775 { 1776 if (opt_type == 1) /* number */ 1777 { 1778 if (*op == '+') 1779 n = numval + n; 1780 else 1781 n = numval - n; 1782 } 1783 else if (opt_type == 0 && stringval != NULL) /* string */ 1784 { 1785 s = concat_str(stringval, s); 1786 vim_free(stringval); 1787 stringval = s; 1788 } 1789 } 1790 } 1791 if (s != NULL) 1792 { 1793 set_option_value(arg, n, s, opt_flags); 1794 arg_end = p; 1795 } 1796 *p = c1; 1797 vim_free(stringval); 1798 } 1799 } 1800 1801 /* 1802 * ":let @r = expr": Set register contents. 1803 */ 1804 else if (*arg == '@') 1805 { 1806 ++arg; 1807 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1808 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1809 else if (endchars != NULL 1810 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg + 1)) == NULL) 1811 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1812 else 1813 { 1814 char_u *ptofree = NULL; 1815 char_u *s; 1816 1817 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1818 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1819 { 1820 s = get_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, GREG_EXPR_SRC); 1821 if (s != NULL) 1822 { 1823 p = ptofree = concat_str(s, p); 1824 vim_free(s); 1825 } 1826 } 1827 if (p != NULL) 1828 { 1829 write_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, p, -1, FALSE); 1830 arg_end = arg + 1; 1831 } 1832 vim_free(ptofree); 1833 } 1834 } 1835 1836 /* 1837 * ":let var = expr": Set internal variable. 1838 * ":let {expr} = expr": Idem, name made with curly braces 1839 */ 1840 else if (eval_isnamec1(*arg) || *arg == '{') 1841 { 1842 lval_T lv; 1843 1844 p = get_lval(arg, tv, &lv, FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 1845 if (p != NULL && lv.ll_name != NULL) 1846 { 1847 if (endchars != NULL && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL) 1848 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1849 else 1850 { 1851 set_var_lval(&lv, p, tv, copy, op); 1852 arg_end = p; 1853 } 1854 } 1855 clear_lval(&lv); 1856 } 1857 1858 else 1859 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1860 1861 return arg_end; 1862 } 1863 1864 /* 1865 * Get an lval: variable, Dict item or List item that can be assigned a value 1866 * to: "name", "na{me}", "name[expr]", "name[expr:expr]", "name[expr][expr]", 1867 * "name.key", "name.key[expr]" etc. 1868 * Indexing only works if "name" is an existing List or Dictionary. 1869 * "name" points to the start of the name. 1870 * If "rettv" is not NULL it points to the value to be assigned. 1871 * "unlet" is TRUE for ":unlet": slightly different behavior when something is 1872 * wrong; must end in space or cmd separator. 1873 * 1874 * flags: 1875 * GLV_QUIET: do not give error messages 1876 * GLV_READ_ONLY: will not change the variable 1877 * GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD: do not use script autoloading 1878 * 1879 * Returns a pointer to just after the name, including indexes. 1880 * When an evaluation error occurs "lp->ll_name" is NULL; 1881 * Returns NULL for a parsing error. Still need to free items in "lp"! 1882 */ 1883 char_u * 1884 get_lval( 1885 char_u *name, 1886 typval_T *rettv, 1887 lval_T *lp, 1888 int unlet, 1889 int skip, 1890 int flags, /* GLV_ values */ 1891 int fne_flags) /* flags for find_name_end() */ 1892 { 1893 char_u *p; 1894 char_u *expr_start, *expr_end; 1895 int cc; 1896 dictitem_T *v; 1897 typval_T var1; 1898 typval_T var2; 1899 int empty1 = FALSE; 1900 listitem_T *ni; 1901 char_u *key = NULL; 1902 int len; 1903 hashtab_T *ht; 1904 int quiet = flags & GLV_QUIET; 1905 1906 /* Clear everything in "lp". */ 1907 vim_memset(lp, 0, sizeof(lval_T)); 1908 1909 if (skip) 1910 { 1911 /* When skipping just find the end of the name. */ 1912 lp->ll_name = name; 1913 return find_name_end(name, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | fne_flags); 1914 } 1915 1916 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1917 p = find_name_end(name, &expr_start, &expr_end, fne_flags); 1918 if (expr_start != NULL) 1919 { 1920 /* Don't expand the name when we already know there is an error. */ 1921 if (unlet && !VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && !ends_excmd(*p) 1922 && *p != '[' && *p != '.') 1923 { 1924 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1925 return NULL; 1926 } 1927 1928 lp->ll_exp_name = make_expanded_name(name, expr_start, expr_end, p); 1929 if (lp->ll_exp_name == NULL) 1930 { 1931 /* Report an invalid expression in braces, unless the 1932 * expression evaluation has been cancelled due to an 1933 * aborting error, an interrupt, or an exception. */ 1934 if (!aborting() && !quiet) 1935 { 1936 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1937 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name); 1938 return NULL; 1939 } 1940 } 1941 lp->ll_name = lp->ll_exp_name; 1942 } 1943 else 1944 lp->ll_name = name; 1945 1946 /* Without [idx] or .key we are done. */ 1947 if ((*p != '[' && *p != '.') || lp->ll_name == NULL) 1948 return p; 1949 1950 cc = *p; 1951 *p = NUL; 1952 /* Only pass &ht when we would write to the variable, it prevents autoload 1953 * as well. */ 1954 v = find_var(lp->ll_name, (flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) ? NULL : &ht, 1955 flags & GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD); 1956 if (v == NULL && !quiet) 1957 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), lp->ll_name); 1958 *p = cc; 1959 if (v == NULL) 1960 return NULL; 1961 1962 /* 1963 * Loop until no more [idx] or .key is following. 1964 */ 1965 lp->ll_tv = &v->di_tv; 1966 var1.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1967 var2.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1968 while (*p == '[' || (*p == '.' && lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT)) 1969 { 1970 if (!(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_LIST && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list != NULL) 1971 && !(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT 1972 && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)) 1973 { 1974 if (!quiet) 1975 EMSG(_("E689: Can only index a List or Dictionary")); 1976 return NULL; 1977 } 1978 if (lp->ll_range) 1979 { 1980 if (!quiet) 1981 EMSG(_("E708: [:] must come last")); 1982 return NULL; 1983 } 1984 1985 len = -1; 1986 if (*p == '.') 1987 { 1988 key = p + 1; 1989 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 1990 ; 1991 if (len == 0) 1992 { 1993 if (!quiet) 1994 EMSG(_(e_emptykey)); 1995 return NULL; 1996 } 1997 p = key + len; 1998 } 1999 else 2000 { 2001 /* Get the index [expr] or the first index [expr: ]. */ 2002 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 2003 if (*p == ':') 2004 empty1 = TRUE; 2005 else 2006 { 2007 empty1 = FALSE; 2008 if (eval1(&p, &var1, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 2009 return NULL; 2010 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 2011 { 2012 /* not a number or string */ 2013 clear_tv(&var1); 2014 return NULL; 2015 } 2016 } 2017 2018 /* Optionally get the second index [ :expr]. */ 2019 if (*p == ':') 2020 { 2021 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 2022 { 2023 if (!quiet) 2024 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 2025 clear_tv(&var1); 2026 return NULL; 2027 } 2028 if (rettv != NULL && (rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST 2029 || rettv->vval.v_list == NULL)) 2030 { 2031 if (!quiet) 2032 EMSG(_("E709: [:] requires a List value")); 2033 clear_tv(&var1); 2034 return NULL; 2035 } 2036 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 2037 if (*p == ']') 2038 lp->ll_empty2 = TRUE; 2039 else 2040 { 2041 lp->ll_empty2 = FALSE; 2042 if (eval1(&p, &var2, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 2043 { 2044 clear_tv(&var1); 2045 return NULL; 2046 } 2047 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 2048 { 2049 /* not a number or string */ 2050 clear_tv(&var1); 2051 clear_tv(&var2); 2052 return NULL; 2053 } 2054 } 2055 lp->ll_range = TRUE; 2056 } 2057 else 2058 lp->ll_range = FALSE; 2059 2060 if (*p != ']') 2061 { 2062 if (!quiet) 2063 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 2064 clear_tv(&var1); 2065 clear_tv(&var2); 2066 return NULL; 2067 } 2068 2069 /* Skip to past ']'. */ 2070 ++p; 2071 } 2072 2073 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 2074 { 2075 if (len == -1) 2076 { 2077 /* "[key]": get key from "var1" */ 2078 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); /* is number or string */ 2079 if (key == NULL) 2080 { 2081 clear_tv(&var1); 2082 return NULL; 2083 } 2084 } 2085 lp->ll_list = NULL; 2086 lp->ll_dict = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict; 2087 lp->ll_di = dict_find(lp->ll_dict, key, len); 2088 2089 /* When assigning to a scope dictionary check that a function and 2090 * variable name is valid (only variable name unless it is l: or 2091 * g: dictionary). Disallow overwriting a builtin function. */ 2092 if (rettv != NULL && lp->ll_dict->dv_scope != 0) 2093 { 2094 int prevval; 2095 int wrong; 2096 2097 if (len != -1) 2098 { 2099 prevval = key[len]; 2100 key[len] = NUL; 2101 } 2102 else 2103 prevval = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ 2104 wrong = (lp->ll_dict->dv_scope == VAR_DEF_SCOPE 2105 && rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 2106 && var_check_func_name(key, lp->ll_di == NULL)) 2107 || !valid_varname(key); 2108 if (len != -1) 2109 key[len] = prevval; 2110 if (wrong) 2111 return NULL; 2112 } 2113 2114 if (lp->ll_di == NULL) 2115 { 2116 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 2117 if (lp->ll_dict == &vimvardict) 2118 { 2119 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 2120 return NULL; 2121 } 2122 2123 /* Key does not exist in dict: may need to add it. */ 2124 if (*p == '[' || *p == '.' || unlet) 2125 { 2126 if (!quiet) 2127 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 2128 clear_tv(&var1); 2129 return NULL; 2130 } 2131 if (len == -1) 2132 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strsave(key); 2133 else 2134 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strnsave(key, len); 2135 clear_tv(&var1); 2136 if (lp->ll_newkey == NULL) 2137 p = NULL; 2138 break; 2139 } 2140 /* existing variable, need to check if it can be changed */ 2141 else if ((flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) == 0 2142 && var_check_ro(lp->ll_di->di_flags, name, FALSE)) 2143 { 2144 clear_tv(&var1); 2145 return NULL; 2146 } 2147 2148 clear_tv(&var1); 2149 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_di->di_tv; 2150 } 2151 else 2152 { 2153 /* 2154 * Get the number and item for the only or first index of the List. 2155 */ 2156 if (empty1) 2157 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2158 else 2159 /* is number or string */ 2160 lp->ll_n1 = (long)get_tv_number(&var1); 2161 clear_tv(&var1); 2162 2163 lp->ll_dict = NULL; 2164 lp->ll_list = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list; 2165 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2166 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2167 { 2168 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2169 { 2170 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2171 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2172 } 2173 } 2174 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2175 { 2176 clear_tv(&var2); 2177 if (!quiet) 2178 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n1); 2179 return NULL; 2180 } 2181 2182 /* 2183 * May need to find the item or absolute index for the second 2184 * index of a range. 2185 * When no index given: "lp->ll_empty2" is TRUE. 2186 * Otherwise "lp->ll_n2" is set to the second index. 2187 */ 2188 if (lp->ll_range && !lp->ll_empty2) 2189 { 2190 lp->ll_n2 = (long)get_tv_number(&var2); 2191 /* is number or string */ 2192 clear_tv(&var2); 2193 if (lp->ll_n2 < 0) 2194 { 2195 ni = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n2); 2196 if (ni == NULL) 2197 { 2198 if (!quiet) 2199 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2200 return NULL; 2201 } 2202 lp->ll_n2 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, ni); 2203 } 2204 2205 /* Check that lp->ll_n2 isn't before lp->ll_n1. */ 2206 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2207 lp->ll_n1 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2208 if (lp->ll_n2 < lp->ll_n1) 2209 { 2210 if (!quiet) 2211 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2212 return NULL; 2213 } 2214 } 2215 2216 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_li->li_tv; 2217 } 2218 } 2219 2220 clear_tv(&var1); 2221 return p; 2222 } 2223 2224 /* 2225 * Clear lval "lp" that was filled by get_lval(). 2226 */ 2227 void 2228 clear_lval(lval_T *lp) 2229 { 2230 vim_free(lp->ll_exp_name); 2231 vim_free(lp->ll_newkey); 2232 } 2233 2234 /* 2235 * Set a variable that was parsed by get_lval() to "rettv". 2236 * "endp" points to just after the parsed name. 2237 * "op" is NULL, "+" for "+=", "-" for "-=", "." for ".=" or "=" for "=". 2238 */ 2239 static void 2240 set_var_lval( 2241 lval_T *lp, 2242 char_u *endp, 2243 typval_T *rettv, 2244 int copy, 2245 char_u *op) 2246 { 2247 int cc; 2248 listitem_T *ri; 2249 dictitem_T *di; 2250 2251 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2252 { 2253 cc = *endp; 2254 *endp = NUL; 2255 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2256 { 2257 typval_T tv; 2258 2259 /* handle +=, -= and .= */ 2260 di = NULL; 2261 if (get_var_tv(lp->ll_name, (int)STRLEN(lp->ll_name), 2262 &tv, &di, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) 2263 { 2264 if ((di == NULL 2265 || (!var_check_ro(di->di_flags, lp->ll_name, FALSE) 2266 && !tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, 2267 FALSE))) 2268 && tv_op(&tv, rettv, op) == OK) 2269 set_var(lp->ll_name, &tv, FALSE); 2270 clear_tv(&tv); 2271 } 2272 } 2273 else 2274 set_var(lp->ll_name, rettv, copy); 2275 *endp = cc; 2276 } 2277 else if (tv_check_lock(lp->ll_newkey == NULL 2278 ? lp->ll_tv->v_lock 2279 : lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2280 ; 2281 else if (lp->ll_range) 2282 { 2283 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2284 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2285 2286 /* 2287 * Check whether any of the list items is locked 2288 */ 2289 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL && ll_li != NULL; ) 2290 { 2291 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2292 return; 2293 ri = ri->li_next; 2294 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == ll_n1)) 2295 break; 2296 ll_li = ll_li->li_next; 2297 ++ll_n1; 2298 } 2299 2300 /* 2301 * Assign the List values to the list items. 2302 */ 2303 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL; ) 2304 { 2305 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2306 tv_op(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, &ri->li_tv, op); 2307 else 2308 { 2309 clear_tv(&lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2310 copy_tv(&ri->li_tv, &lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2311 } 2312 ri = ri->li_next; 2313 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == lp->ll_n1)) 2314 break; 2315 if (lp->ll_li->li_next == NULL) 2316 { 2317 /* Need to add an empty item. */ 2318 if (list_append_number(lp->ll_list, 0) == FAIL) 2319 { 2320 ri = NULL; 2321 break; 2322 } 2323 } 2324 lp->ll_li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2325 ++lp->ll_n1; 2326 } 2327 if (ri != NULL) 2328 EMSG(_("E710: List value has more items than target")); 2329 else if (lp->ll_empty2 2330 ? (lp->ll_li != NULL && lp->ll_li->li_next != NULL) 2331 : lp->ll_n1 != lp->ll_n2) 2332 EMSG(_("E711: List value has not enough items")); 2333 } 2334 else 2335 { 2336 /* 2337 * Assign to a List or Dictionary item. 2338 */ 2339 if (lp->ll_newkey != NULL) 2340 { 2341 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2342 { 2343 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2344 return; 2345 } 2346 2347 /* Need to add an item to the Dictionary. */ 2348 di = dictitem_alloc(lp->ll_newkey); 2349 if (di == NULL) 2350 return; 2351 if (dict_add(lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict, di) == FAIL) 2352 { 2353 vim_free(di); 2354 return; 2355 } 2356 lp->ll_tv = &di->di_tv; 2357 } 2358 else if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2359 { 2360 tv_op(lp->ll_tv, rettv, op); 2361 return; 2362 } 2363 else 2364 clear_tv(lp->ll_tv); 2365 2366 /* 2367 * Assign the value to the variable or list item. 2368 */ 2369 if (copy) 2370 copy_tv(rettv, lp->ll_tv); 2371 else 2372 { 2373 *lp->ll_tv = *rettv; 2374 lp->ll_tv->v_lock = 0; 2375 init_tv(rettv); 2376 } 2377 } 2378 } 2379 2380 /* 2381 * Handle "tv1 += tv2", "tv1 -= tv2" and "tv1 .= tv2" 2382 * Returns OK or FAIL. 2383 */ 2384 static int 2385 tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op) 2386 { 2387 varnumber_T n; 2388 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 2389 char_u *s; 2390 2391 /* Can't do anything with a Funcref, Dict, v:true on the right. */ 2392 if (tv2->v_type != VAR_FUNC && tv2->v_type != VAR_DICT 2393 && tv2->v_type != VAR_SPECIAL) 2394 { 2395 switch (tv1->v_type) 2396 { 2397 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2398 case VAR_DICT: 2399 case VAR_FUNC: 2400 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2401 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2402 case VAR_JOB: 2403 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2404 break; 2405 2406 case VAR_LIST: 2407 if (*op != '+' || tv2->v_type != VAR_LIST) 2408 break; 2409 /* List += List */ 2410 if (tv1->vval.v_list != NULL && tv2->vval.v_list != NULL) 2411 list_extend(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, NULL); 2412 return OK; 2413 2414 case VAR_NUMBER: 2415 case VAR_STRING: 2416 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 2417 break; 2418 if (*op == '+' || *op == '-') 2419 { 2420 /* nr += nr or nr -= nr*/ 2421 n = get_tv_number(tv1); 2422 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2423 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2424 { 2425 float_T f = n; 2426 2427 if (*op == '+') 2428 f += tv2->vval.v_float; 2429 else 2430 f -= tv2->vval.v_float; 2431 clear_tv(tv1); 2432 tv1->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 2433 tv1->vval.v_float = f; 2434 } 2435 else 2436 #endif 2437 { 2438 if (*op == '+') 2439 n += get_tv_number(tv2); 2440 else 2441 n -= get_tv_number(tv2); 2442 clear_tv(tv1); 2443 tv1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 2444 tv1->vval.v_number = n; 2445 } 2446 } 2447 else 2448 { 2449 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2450 break; 2451 2452 /* str .= str */ 2453 s = get_tv_string(tv1); 2454 s = concat_str(s, get_tv_string_buf(tv2, numbuf)); 2455 clear_tv(tv1); 2456 tv1->v_type = VAR_STRING; 2457 tv1->vval.v_string = s; 2458 } 2459 return OK; 2460 2461 case VAR_FLOAT: 2462 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2463 { 2464 float_T f; 2465 2466 if (*op == '.' || (tv2->v_type != VAR_FLOAT 2467 && tv2->v_type != VAR_NUMBER 2468 && tv2->v_type != VAR_STRING)) 2469 break; 2470 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2471 f = tv2->vval.v_float; 2472 else 2473 f = get_tv_number(tv2); 2474 if (*op == '+') 2475 tv1->vval.v_float += f; 2476 else 2477 tv1->vval.v_float -= f; 2478 } 2479 #endif 2480 return OK; 2481 } 2482 } 2483 2484 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2485 return FAIL; 2486 } 2487 2488 /* 2489 * Evaluate the expression used in a ":for var in expr" command. 2490 * "arg" points to "var". 2491 * Set "*errp" to TRUE for an error, FALSE otherwise; 2492 * Return a pointer that holds the info. Null when there is an error. 2493 */ 2494 void * 2495 eval_for_line( 2496 char_u *arg, 2497 int *errp, 2498 char_u **nextcmdp, 2499 int skip) 2500 { 2501 forinfo_T *fi; 2502 char_u *expr; 2503 typval_T tv; 2504 list_T *l; 2505 2506 *errp = TRUE; /* default: there is an error */ 2507 2508 fi = (forinfo_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(forinfo_T)); 2509 if (fi == NULL) 2510 return NULL; 2511 2512 expr = skip_var_list(arg, &fi->fi_varcount, &fi->fi_semicolon); 2513 if (expr == NULL) 2514 return fi; 2515 2516 expr = skipwhite(expr); 2517 if (expr[0] != 'i' || expr[1] != 'n' || !VIM_ISWHITE(expr[2])) 2518 { 2519 EMSG(_("E690: Missing \"in\" after :for")); 2520 return fi; 2521 } 2522 2523 if (skip) 2524 ++emsg_skip; 2525 if (eval0(skipwhite(expr + 2), &tv, nextcmdp, !skip) == OK) 2526 { 2527 *errp = FALSE; 2528 if (!skip) 2529 { 2530 l = tv.vval.v_list; 2531 if (tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2532 { 2533 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 2534 clear_tv(&tv); 2535 } 2536 else if (l == NULL) 2537 { 2538 /* a null list is like an empty list: do nothing */ 2539 clear_tv(&tv); 2540 } 2541 else 2542 { 2543 /* No need to increment the refcount, it's already set for the 2544 * list being used in "tv". */ 2545 fi->fi_list = l; 2546 list_add_watch(l, &fi->fi_lw); 2547 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = l->lv_first; 2548 } 2549 } 2550 } 2551 if (skip) 2552 --emsg_skip; 2553 2554 return fi; 2555 } 2556 2557 /* 2558 * Use the first item in a ":for" list. Advance to the next. 2559 * Assign the values to the variable (list). "arg" points to the first one. 2560 * Return TRUE when a valid item was found, FALSE when at end of list or 2561 * something wrong. 2562 */ 2563 int 2564 next_for_item(void *fi_void, char_u *arg) 2565 { 2566 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2567 int result; 2568 listitem_T *item; 2569 2570 item = fi->fi_lw.lw_item; 2571 if (item == NULL) 2572 result = FALSE; 2573 else 2574 { 2575 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = item->li_next; 2576 result = (ex_let_vars(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, 2577 fi->fi_semicolon, fi->fi_varcount, NULL) == OK); 2578 } 2579 return result; 2580 } 2581 2582 /* 2583 * Free the structure used to store info used by ":for". 2584 */ 2585 void 2586 free_for_info(void *fi_void) 2587 { 2588 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2589 2590 if (fi != NULL && fi->fi_list != NULL) 2591 { 2592 list_rem_watch(fi->fi_list, &fi->fi_lw); 2593 list_unref(fi->fi_list); 2594 } 2595 vim_free(fi); 2596 } 2597 2598 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 2599 2600 void 2601 set_context_for_expression( 2602 expand_T *xp, 2603 char_u *arg, 2604 cmdidx_T cmdidx) 2605 { 2606 int got_eq = FALSE; 2607 int c; 2608 char_u *p; 2609 2610 if (cmdidx == CMD_let) 2611 { 2612 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_USER_VARS; 2613 if (vim_strpbrk(arg, (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#") == NULL) 2614 { 2615 /* ":let var1 var2 ...": find last space. */ 2616 for (p = arg + STRLEN(arg); p >= arg; ) 2617 { 2618 xp->xp_pattern = p; 2619 MB_PTR_BACK(arg, p); 2620 if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p)) 2621 break; 2622 } 2623 return; 2624 } 2625 } 2626 else 2627 xp->xp_context = cmdidx == CMD_call ? EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2628 : EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2629 while ((xp->xp_pattern = vim_strpbrk(arg, 2630 (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#")) != NULL) 2631 { 2632 c = *xp->xp_pattern; 2633 if (c == '&') 2634 { 2635 c = xp->xp_pattern[1]; 2636 if (c == '&') 2637 { 2638 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2639 xp->xp_context = cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq 2640 ? EXPAND_EXPRESSION : EXPAND_NOTHING; 2641 } 2642 else if (c != ' ') 2643 { 2644 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SETTINGS; 2645 if ((c == 'l' || c == 'g') && xp->xp_pattern[2] == ':') 2646 xp->xp_pattern += 2; 2647 2648 } 2649 } 2650 else if (c == '$') 2651 { 2652 /* environment variable */ 2653 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_ENV_VARS; 2654 } 2655 else if (c == '=') 2656 { 2657 got_eq = TRUE; 2658 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2659 } 2660 else if (c == '#' 2661 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_EXPRESSION) 2662 { 2663 /* Autoload function/variable contains '#'. */ 2664 break; 2665 } 2666 else if ((c == '<' || c == '#') 2667 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2668 && vim_strchr(xp->xp_pattern, '(') == NULL) 2669 { 2670 /* Function name can start with "<SNR>" and contain '#'. */ 2671 break; 2672 } 2673 else if (cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq) 2674 { 2675 if (c == '"') /* string */ 2676 { 2677 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '"') 2678 if (c == '\\' && xp->xp_pattern[1] != NUL) 2679 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2680 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2681 } 2682 else if (c == '\'') /* literal string */ 2683 { 2684 /* Trick: '' is like stopping and starting a literal string. */ 2685 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '\'') 2686 /* skip */ ; 2687 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2688 } 2689 else if (c == '|') 2690 { 2691 if (xp->xp_pattern[1] == '|') 2692 { 2693 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2694 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2695 } 2696 else 2697 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_COMMANDS; 2698 } 2699 else 2700 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2701 } 2702 else 2703 /* Doesn't look like something valid, expand as an expression 2704 * anyway. */ 2705 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2706 arg = xp->xp_pattern; 2707 if (*arg != NUL) 2708 while ((c = *++arg) != NUL && (c == ' ' || c == '\t')) 2709 /* skip */ ; 2710 } 2711 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 2712 } 2713 2714 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 2715 2716 /* 2717 * ":unlet[!] var1 ... " command. 2718 */ 2719 void 2720 ex_unlet(exarg_T *eap) 2721 { 2722 ex_unletlock(eap, eap->arg, 0); 2723 } 2724 2725 /* 2726 * ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" commands 2727 */ 2728 void 2729 ex_lockvar(exarg_T *eap) 2730 { 2731 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 2732 int deep = 2; 2733 2734 if (eap->forceit) 2735 deep = -1; 2736 else if (vim_isdigit(*arg)) 2737 { 2738 deep = getdigits(&arg); 2739 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2740 } 2741 2742 ex_unletlock(eap, arg, deep); 2743 } 2744 2745 /* 2746 * ":unlet", ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" are quite similar. 2747 */ 2748 static void 2749 ex_unletlock( 2750 exarg_T *eap, 2751 char_u *argstart, 2752 int deep) 2753 { 2754 char_u *arg = argstart; 2755 char_u *name_end; 2756 int error = FALSE; 2757 lval_T lv; 2758 2759 do 2760 { 2761 /* Parse the name and find the end. */ 2762 name_end = get_lval(arg, NULL, &lv, TRUE, eap->skip || error, 0, 2763 FNE_CHECK_START); 2764 if (lv.ll_name == NULL) 2765 error = TRUE; /* error but continue parsing */ 2766 if (name_end == NULL || (!VIM_ISWHITE(*name_end) 2767 && !ends_excmd(*name_end))) 2768 { 2769 if (name_end != NULL) 2770 { 2771 emsg_severe = TRUE; 2772 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 2773 } 2774 if (!(eap->skip || error)) 2775 clear_lval(&lv); 2776 break; 2777 } 2778 2779 if (!error && !eap->skip) 2780 { 2781 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_unlet) 2782 { 2783 if (do_unlet_var(&lv, name_end, eap->forceit) == FAIL) 2784 error = TRUE; 2785 } 2786 else 2787 { 2788 if (do_lock_var(&lv, name_end, deep, 2789 eap->cmdidx == CMD_lockvar) == FAIL) 2790 error = TRUE; 2791 } 2792 } 2793 2794 if (!eap->skip) 2795 clear_lval(&lv); 2796 2797 arg = skipwhite(name_end); 2798 } while (!ends_excmd(*arg)); 2799 2800 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 2801 } 2802 2803 static int 2804 do_unlet_var( 2805 lval_T *lp, 2806 char_u *name_end, 2807 int forceit) 2808 { 2809 int ret = OK; 2810 int cc; 2811 2812 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2813 { 2814 cc = *name_end; 2815 *name_end = NUL; 2816 2817 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2818 if (do_unlet(lp->ll_name, forceit) == FAIL) 2819 ret = FAIL; 2820 *name_end = cc; 2821 } 2822 else if ((lp->ll_list != NULL 2823 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_list->lv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2824 || (lp->ll_dict != NULL 2825 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE))) 2826 return FAIL; 2827 else if (lp->ll_range) 2828 { 2829 listitem_T *li; 2830 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2831 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2832 2833 while (ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= ll_n1)) 2834 { 2835 li = ll_li->li_next; 2836 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2837 return FAIL; 2838 ll_li = li; 2839 ++ll_n1; 2840 } 2841 2842 /* Delete a range of List items. */ 2843 while (lp->ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2844 { 2845 li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2846 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2847 lp->ll_li = li; 2848 ++lp->ll_n1; 2849 } 2850 } 2851 else 2852 { 2853 if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2854 /* unlet a List item. */ 2855 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2856 else 2857 /* unlet a Dictionary item. */ 2858 dictitem_remove(lp->ll_dict, lp->ll_di); 2859 } 2860 2861 return ret; 2862 } 2863 2864 /* 2865 * "unlet" a variable. Return OK if it existed, FAIL if not. 2866 * When "forceit" is TRUE don't complain if the variable doesn't exist. 2867 */ 2868 int 2869 do_unlet(char_u *name, int forceit) 2870 { 2871 hashtab_T *ht; 2872 hashitem_T *hi; 2873 char_u *varname; 2874 dict_T *d; 2875 dictitem_T *di; 2876 2877 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 2878 if (ht != NULL && *varname != NUL) 2879 { 2880 d = get_current_funccal_dict(ht); 2881 if (d == NULL) 2882 { 2883 if (ht == &globvarht) 2884 d = &globvardict; 2885 else if (ht == &compat_hashtab) 2886 d = &vimvardict; 2887 else 2888 { 2889 di = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, (char_u *)"", FALSE); 2890 d = di == NULL ? NULL : di->di_tv.vval.v_dict; 2891 } 2892 if (d == NULL) 2893 { 2894 internal_error("do_unlet()"); 2895 return FAIL; 2896 } 2897 } 2898 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 2899 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2900 hi = find_hi_in_scoped_ht(name, &ht); 2901 if (hi != NULL && !HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2902 { 2903 di = HI2DI(hi); 2904 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2905 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2906 || tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, name, FALSE)) 2907 return FAIL; 2908 2909 delete_var(ht, hi); 2910 return OK; 2911 } 2912 } 2913 if (forceit) 2914 return OK; 2915 EMSG2(_("E108: No such variable: \"%s\""), name); 2916 return FAIL; 2917 } 2918 2919 /* 2920 * Lock or unlock variable indicated by "lp". 2921 * "deep" is the levels to go (-1 for unlimited); 2922 * "lock" is TRUE for ":lockvar", FALSE for ":unlockvar". 2923 */ 2924 static int 2925 do_lock_var( 2926 lval_T *lp, 2927 char_u *name_end, 2928 int deep, 2929 int lock) 2930 { 2931 int ret = OK; 2932 int cc; 2933 dictitem_T *di; 2934 2935 if (deep == 0) /* nothing to do */ 2936 return OK; 2937 2938 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2939 { 2940 cc = *name_end; 2941 *name_end = NUL; 2942 2943 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2944 di = find_var(lp->ll_name, NULL, TRUE); 2945 if (di == NULL) 2946 ret = FAIL; 2947 else if ((di->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 2948 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_DICT 2949 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2950 /* For historic reasons this error is not given for a list or dict. 2951 * E.g., the b: dict could be locked/unlocked. */ 2952 EMSG2(_("E940: Cannot lock or unlock variable %s"), lp->ll_name); 2953 else 2954 { 2955 if (lock) 2956 di->di_flags |= DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2957 else 2958 di->di_flags &= ~DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2959 item_lock(&di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2960 } 2961 *name_end = cc; 2962 } 2963 else if (lp->ll_range) 2964 { 2965 listitem_T *li = lp->ll_li; 2966 2967 /* (un)lock a range of List items. */ 2968 while (li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2969 { 2970 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2971 li = li->li_next; 2972 ++lp->ll_n1; 2973 } 2974 } 2975 else if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2976 /* (un)lock a List item. */ 2977 item_lock(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2978 else 2979 /* (un)lock a Dictionary item. */ 2980 item_lock(&lp->ll_di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2981 2982 return ret; 2983 } 2984 2985 /* 2986 * Lock or unlock an item. "deep" is nr of levels to go. 2987 */ 2988 static void 2989 item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock) 2990 { 2991 static int recurse = 0; 2992 list_T *l; 2993 listitem_T *li; 2994 dict_T *d; 2995 hashitem_T *hi; 2996 int todo; 2997 2998 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 2999 { 3000 EMSG(_("E743: variable nested too deep for (un)lock")); 3001 return; 3002 } 3003 if (deep == 0) 3004 return; 3005 ++recurse; 3006 3007 /* lock/unlock the item itself */ 3008 if (lock) 3009 tv->v_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3010 else 3011 tv->v_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3012 3013 switch (tv->v_type) 3014 { 3015 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 3016 case VAR_NUMBER: 3017 case VAR_STRING: 3018 case VAR_FUNC: 3019 case VAR_PARTIAL: 3020 case VAR_FLOAT: 3021 case VAR_SPECIAL: 3022 case VAR_JOB: 3023 case VAR_CHANNEL: 3024 break; 3025 3026 case VAR_LIST: 3027 if ((l = tv->vval.v_list) != NULL) 3028 { 3029 if (lock) 3030 l->lv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3031 else 3032 l->lv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3033 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 3034 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 3035 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 3036 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep - 1, lock); 3037 } 3038 break; 3039 case VAR_DICT: 3040 if ((d = tv->vval.v_dict) != NULL) 3041 { 3042 if (lock) 3043 d->dv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3044 else 3045 d->dv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3046 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 3047 { 3048 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 3049 todo = (int)d->dv_hashtab.ht_used; 3050 for (hi = d->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 3051 { 3052 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3053 { 3054 --todo; 3055 item_lock(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, deep - 1, lock); 3056 } 3057 } 3058 } 3059 } 3060 } 3061 --recurse; 3062 } 3063 3064 #if (defined(FEAT_MENU) && defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG)) || defined(PROTO) 3065 /* 3066 * Delete all "menutrans_" variables. 3067 */ 3068 void 3069 del_menutrans_vars(void) 3070 { 3071 hashitem_T *hi; 3072 int todo; 3073 3074 hash_lock(&globvarht); 3075 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 3076 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 3077 { 3078 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3079 { 3080 --todo; 3081 if (STRNCMP(HI2DI(hi)->di_key, "menutrans_", 10) == 0) 3082 delete_var(&globvarht, hi); 3083 } 3084 } 3085 hash_unlock(&globvarht); 3086 } 3087 #endif 3088 3089 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 3090 3091 /* 3092 * Local string buffer for the next two functions to store a variable name 3093 * with its prefix. Allocated in cat_prefix_varname(), freed later in 3094 * get_user_var_name(). 3095 */ 3096 3097 static char_u *cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name); 3098 3099 static char_u *varnamebuf = NULL; 3100 static int varnamebuflen = 0; 3101 3102 /* 3103 * Function to concatenate a prefix and a variable name. 3104 */ 3105 static char_u * 3106 cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name) 3107 { 3108 int len; 3109 3110 len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 3; 3111 if (len > varnamebuflen) 3112 { 3113 vim_free(varnamebuf); 3114 len += 10; /* some additional space */ 3115 varnamebuf = alloc(len); 3116 if (varnamebuf == NULL) 3117 { 3118 varnamebuflen = 0; 3119 return NULL; 3120 } 3121 varnamebuflen = len; 3122 } 3123 *varnamebuf = prefix; 3124 varnamebuf[1] = ':'; 3125 STRCPY(varnamebuf + 2, name); 3126 return varnamebuf; 3127 } 3128 3129 /* 3130 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of user defined 3131 * (global/buffer/window/built-in) variable names. 3132 */ 3133 char_u * 3134 get_user_var_name(expand_T *xp, int idx) 3135 { 3136 static long_u gdone; 3137 static long_u bdone; 3138 static long_u wdone; 3139 static long_u tdone; 3140 static int vidx; 3141 static hashitem_T *hi; 3142 hashtab_T *ht; 3143 3144 if (idx == 0) 3145 { 3146 gdone = bdone = wdone = vidx = 0; 3147 tdone = 0; 3148 } 3149 3150 /* Global variables */ 3151 if (gdone < globvarht.ht_used) 3152 { 3153 if (gdone++ == 0) 3154 hi = globvarht.ht_array; 3155 else 3156 ++hi; 3157 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3158 ++hi; 3159 if (STRNCMP("g:", xp->xp_pattern, 2) == 0) 3160 return cat_prefix_varname('g', hi->hi_key); 3161 return hi->hi_key; 3162 } 3163 3164 /* b: variables */ 3165 ht = &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 3166 if (bdone < ht->ht_used) 3167 { 3168 if (bdone++ == 0) 3169 hi = ht->ht_array; 3170 else 3171 ++hi; 3172 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3173 ++hi; 3174 return cat_prefix_varname('b', hi->hi_key); 3175 } 3176 3177 /* w: variables */ 3178 ht = &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 3179 if (wdone < ht->ht_used) 3180 { 3181 if (wdone++ == 0) 3182 hi = ht->ht_array; 3183 else 3184 ++hi; 3185 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3186 ++hi; 3187 return cat_prefix_varname('w', hi->hi_key); 3188 } 3189 3190 /* t: variables */ 3191 ht = &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 3192 if (tdone < ht->ht_used) 3193 { 3194 if (tdone++ == 0) 3195 hi = ht->ht_array; 3196 else 3197 ++hi; 3198 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3199 ++hi; 3200 return cat_prefix_varname('t', hi->hi_key); 3201 } 3202 3203 /* v: variables */ 3204 if (vidx < VV_LEN) 3205 return cat_prefix_varname('v', (char_u *)vimvars[vidx++].vv_name); 3206 3207 VIM_CLEAR(varnamebuf); 3208 varnamebuflen = 0; 3209 return NULL; 3210 } 3211 3212 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 3213 3214 /* 3215 * Return TRUE if "pat" matches "text". 3216 * Does not use 'cpo' and always uses 'magic'. 3217 */ 3218 static int 3219 pattern_match(char_u *pat, char_u *text, int ic) 3220 { 3221 int matches = FALSE; 3222 char_u *save_cpo; 3223 regmatch_T regmatch; 3224 3225 /* avoid 'l' flag in 'cpoptions' */ 3226 save_cpo = p_cpo; 3227 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 3228 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 3229 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 3230 { 3231 regmatch.rm_ic = ic; 3232 matches = vim_regexec_nl(®match, text, (colnr_T)0); 3233 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 3234 } 3235 p_cpo = save_cpo; 3236 return matches; 3237 } 3238 3239 /* 3240 * The "evaluate" argument: When FALSE, the argument is only parsed but not 3241 * executed. The function may return OK, but the rettv will be of type 3242 * VAR_UNKNOWN. The function still returns FAIL for a syntax error. 3243 */ 3244 3245 /* 3246 * Handle zero level expression. 3247 * This calls eval1() and handles error message and nextcmd. 3248 * Put the result in "rettv" when returning OK and "evaluate" is TRUE. 3249 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3250 * Return OK or FAIL. 3251 */ 3252 int 3253 eval0( 3254 char_u *arg, 3255 typval_T *rettv, 3256 char_u **nextcmd, 3257 int evaluate) 3258 { 3259 int ret; 3260 char_u *p; 3261 3262 p = skipwhite(arg); 3263 ret = eval1(&p, rettv, evaluate); 3264 if (ret == FAIL || !ends_excmd(*p)) 3265 { 3266 if (ret != FAIL) 3267 clear_tv(rettv); 3268 /* 3269 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation has 3270 * been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 3271 * exception. 3272 */ 3273 if (!aborting()) 3274 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), arg); 3275 ret = FAIL; 3276 } 3277 if (nextcmd != NULL) 3278 *nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); 3279 3280 return ret; 3281 } 3282 3283 /* 3284 * Handle top level expression: 3285 * expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 3286 * 3287 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3288 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3289 * 3290 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3291 * 3292 * Return OK or FAIL. 3293 */ 3294 int 3295 eval1(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3296 { 3297 int result; 3298 typval_T var2; 3299 3300 /* 3301 * Get the first variable. 3302 */ 3303 if (eval2(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3304 return FAIL; 3305 3306 if ((*arg)[0] == '?') 3307 { 3308 result = FALSE; 3309 if (evaluate) 3310 { 3311 int error = FALSE; 3312 3313 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3314 result = TRUE; 3315 clear_tv(rettv); 3316 if (error) 3317 return FAIL; 3318 } 3319 3320 /* 3321 * Get the second variable. 3322 */ 3323 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3324 if (eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate && result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3325 return FAIL; 3326 3327 /* 3328 * Check for the ":". 3329 */ 3330 if ((*arg)[0] != ':') 3331 { 3332 EMSG(_("E109: Missing ':' after '?'")); 3333 if (evaluate && result) 3334 clear_tv(rettv); 3335 return FAIL; 3336 } 3337 3338 /* 3339 * Get the third variable. 3340 */ 3341 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3342 if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3343 { 3344 if (evaluate && result) 3345 clear_tv(rettv); 3346 return FAIL; 3347 } 3348 if (evaluate && !result) 3349 *rettv = var2; 3350 } 3351 3352 return OK; 3353 } 3354 3355 /* 3356 * Handle first level expression: 3357 * expr2 || expr2 || expr2 logical OR 3358 * 3359 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3360 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3361 * 3362 * Return OK or FAIL. 3363 */ 3364 static int 3365 eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3366 { 3367 typval_T var2; 3368 long result; 3369 int first; 3370 int error = FALSE; 3371 3372 /* 3373 * Get the first variable. 3374 */ 3375 if (eval3(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3376 return FAIL; 3377 3378 /* 3379 * Repeat until there is no following "||". 3380 */ 3381 first = TRUE; 3382 result = FALSE; 3383 while ((*arg)[0] == '|' && (*arg)[1] == '|') 3384 { 3385 if (evaluate && first) 3386 { 3387 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3388 result = TRUE; 3389 clear_tv(rettv); 3390 if (error) 3391 return FAIL; 3392 first = FALSE; 3393 } 3394 3395 /* 3396 * Get the second variable. 3397 */ 3398 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3399 if (eval3(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) 3400 return FAIL; 3401 3402 /* 3403 * Compute the result. 3404 */ 3405 if (evaluate && !result) 3406 { 3407 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) != 0) 3408 result = TRUE; 3409 clear_tv(&var2); 3410 if (error) 3411 return FAIL; 3412 } 3413 if (evaluate) 3414 { 3415 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3416 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3417 } 3418 } 3419 3420 return OK; 3421 } 3422 3423 /* 3424 * Handle second level expression: 3425 * expr3 && expr3 && expr3 logical AND 3426 * 3427 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3428 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3429 * 3430 * Return OK or FAIL. 3431 */ 3432 static int 3433 eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3434 { 3435 typval_T var2; 3436 long result; 3437 int first; 3438 int error = FALSE; 3439 3440 /* 3441 * Get the first variable. 3442 */ 3443 if (eval4(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3444 return FAIL; 3445 3446 /* 3447 * Repeat until there is no following "&&". 3448 */ 3449 first = TRUE; 3450 result = TRUE; 3451 while ((*arg)[0] == '&' && (*arg)[1] == '&') 3452 { 3453 if (evaluate && first) 3454 { 3455 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) == 0) 3456 result = FALSE; 3457 clear_tv(rettv); 3458 if (error) 3459 return FAIL; 3460 first = FALSE; 3461 } 3462 3463 /* 3464 * Get the second variable. 3465 */ 3466 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3467 if (eval4(arg, &var2, evaluate && result) == FAIL) 3468 return FAIL; 3469 3470 /* 3471 * Compute the result. 3472 */ 3473 if (evaluate && result) 3474 { 3475 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) == 0) 3476 result = FALSE; 3477 clear_tv(&var2); 3478 if (error) 3479 return FAIL; 3480 } 3481 if (evaluate) 3482 { 3483 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3484 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3485 } 3486 } 3487 3488 return OK; 3489 } 3490 3491 /* 3492 * Handle third level expression: 3493 * var1 == var2 3494 * var1 =~ var2 3495 * var1 != var2 3496 * var1 !~ var2 3497 * var1 > var2 3498 * var1 >= var2 3499 * var1 < var2 3500 * var1 <= var2 3501 * var1 is var2 3502 * var1 isnot var2 3503 * 3504 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3505 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3506 * 3507 * Return OK or FAIL. 3508 */ 3509 static int 3510 eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3511 { 3512 typval_T var2; 3513 char_u *p; 3514 int i; 3515 exptype_T type = TYPE_UNKNOWN; 3516 int type_is = FALSE; /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 3517 int len = 2; 3518 int ic; 3519 3520 /* 3521 * Get the first variable. 3522 */ 3523 if (eval5(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3524 return FAIL; 3525 3526 p = *arg; 3527 switch (p[0]) 3528 { 3529 case '=': if (p[1] == '=') 3530 type = TYPE_EQUAL; 3531 else if (p[1] == '~') 3532 type = TYPE_MATCH; 3533 break; 3534 case '!': if (p[1] == '=') 3535 type = TYPE_NEQUAL; 3536 else if (p[1] == '~') 3537 type = TYPE_NOMATCH; 3538 break; 3539 case '>': if (p[1] != '=') 3540 { 3541 type = TYPE_GREATER; 3542 len = 1; 3543 } 3544 else 3545 type = TYPE_GEQUAL; 3546 break; 3547 case '<': if (p[1] != '=') 3548 { 3549 type = TYPE_SMALLER; 3550 len = 1; 3551 } 3552 else 3553 type = TYPE_SEQUAL; 3554 break; 3555 case 'i': if (p[1] == 's') 3556 { 3557 if (p[2] == 'n' && p[3] == 'o' && p[4] == 't') 3558 len = 5; 3559 i = p[len]; 3560 if (!isalnum(i) && i != '_') 3561 { 3562 type = len == 2 ? TYPE_EQUAL : TYPE_NEQUAL; 3563 type_is = TRUE; 3564 } 3565 } 3566 break; 3567 } 3568 3569 /* 3570 * If there is a comparative operator, use it. 3571 */ 3572 if (type != TYPE_UNKNOWN) 3573 { 3574 /* extra question mark appended: ignore case */ 3575 if (p[len] == '?') 3576 { 3577 ic = TRUE; 3578 ++len; 3579 } 3580 /* extra '#' appended: match case */ 3581 else if (p[len] == '#') 3582 { 3583 ic = FALSE; 3584 ++len; 3585 } 3586 /* nothing appended: use 'ignorecase' */ 3587 else 3588 ic = p_ic; 3589 3590 /* 3591 * Get the second variable. 3592 */ 3593 *arg = skipwhite(p + len); 3594 if (eval5(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) 3595 { 3596 clear_tv(rettv); 3597 return FAIL; 3598 } 3599 if (evaluate) 3600 { 3601 int ret = typval_compare(rettv, &var2, type, type_is, ic); 3602 3603 clear_tv(&var2); 3604 return ret; 3605 } 3606 } 3607 3608 return OK; 3609 } 3610 3611 /* 3612 * Handle fourth level expression: 3613 * + number addition 3614 * - number subtraction 3615 * . string concatenation 3616 * 3617 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3618 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3619 * 3620 * Return OK or FAIL. 3621 */ 3622 static int 3623 eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3624 { 3625 typval_T var2; 3626 typval_T var3; 3627 int op; 3628 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3629 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3630 float_T f1 = 0, f2 = 0; 3631 #endif 3632 char_u *s1, *s2; 3633 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 3634 char_u *p; 3635 3636 /* 3637 * Get the first variable. 3638 */ 3639 if (eval6(arg, rettv, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3640 return FAIL; 3641 3642 /* 3643 * Repeat computing, until no '+', '-' or '.' is following. 3644 */ 3645 for (;;) 3646 { 3647 op = **arg; 3648 if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '.') 3649 break; 3650 3651 if ((op != '+' || rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST) 3652 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3653 && (op == '.' || rettv->v_type != VAR_FLOAT) 3654 #endif 3655 ) 3656 { 3657 /* For "list + ...", an illegal use of the first operand as 3658 * a number cannot be determined before evaluating the 2nd 3659 * operand: if this is also a list, all is ok. 3660 * For "something . ...", "something - ..." or "non-list + ...", 3661 * we know that the first operand needs to be a string or number 3662 * without evaluating the 2nd operand. So check before to avoid 3663 * side effects after an error. */ 3664 if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(rettv) == NULL) 3665 { 3666 clear_tv(rettv); 3667 return FAIL; 3668 } 3669 } 3670 3671 /* 3672 * Get the second variable. 3673 */ 3674 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3675 if (eval6(arg, &var2, evaluate, op == '.') == FAIL) 3676 { 3677 clear_tv(rettv); 3678 return FAIL; 3679 } 3680 3681 if (evaluate) 3682 { 3683 /* 3684 * Compute the result. 3685 */ 3686 if (op == '.') 3687 { 3688 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(rettv, buf1); /* already checked */ 3689 s2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&var2, buf2); 3690 if (s2 == NULL) /* type error ? */ 3691 { 3692 clear_tv(rettv); 3693 clear_tv(&var2); 3694 return FAIL; 3695 } 3696 p = concat_str(s1, s2); 3697 clear_tv(rettv); 3698 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 3699 rettv->vval.v_string = p; 3700 } 3701 else if (op == '+' && rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST 3702 && var2.v_type == VAR_LIST) 3703 { 3704 /* concatenate Lists */ 3705 if (list_concat(rettv->vval.v_list, var2.vval.v_list, 3706 &var3) == FAIL) 3707 { 3708 clear_tv(rettv); 3709 clear_tv(&var2); 3710 return FAIL; 3711 } 3712 clear_tv(rettv); 3713 *rettv = var3; 3714 } 3715 else 3716 { 3717 int error = FALSE; 3718 3719 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3720 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3721 { 3722 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3723 n1 = 0; 3724 } 3725 else 3726 #endif 3727 { 3728 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3729 if (error) 3730 { 3731 /* This can only happen for "list + non-list". For 3732 * "non-list + ..." or "something - ...", we returned 3733 * before evaluating the 2nd operand. */ 3734 clear_tv(rettv); 3735 return FAIL; 3736 } 3737 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3738 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3739 f1 = n1; 3740 #endif 3741 } 3742 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3743 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3744 { 3745 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3746 n2 = 0; 3747 } 3748 else 3749 #endif 3750 { 3751 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3752 if (error) 3753 { 3754 clear_tv(rettv); 3755 clear_tv(&var2); 3756 return FAIL; 3757 } 3758 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3759 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3760 f2 = n2; 3761 #endif 3762 } 3763 clear_tv(rettv); 3764 3765 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3766 /* If there is a float on either side the result is a float. */ 3767 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3768 { 3769 if (op == '+') 3770 f1 = f1 + f2; 3771 else 3772 f1 = f1 - f2; 3773 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3774 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3775 } 3776 else 3777 #endif 3778 { 3779 if (op == '+') 3780 n1 = n1 + n2; 3781 else 3782 n1 = n1 - n2; 3783 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3784 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3785 } 3786 } 3787 clear_tv(&var2); 3788 } 3789 } 3790 return OK; 3791 } 3792 3793 /* 3794 * Handle fifth level expression: 3795 * * number multiplication 3796 * / number division 3797 * % number modulo 3798 * 3799 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3800 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3801 * 3802 * Return OK or FAIL. 3803 */ 3804 static int 3805 eval6( 3806 char_u **arg, 3807 typval_T *rettv, 3808 int evaluate, 3809 int want_string) /* after "." operator */ 3810 { 3811 typval_T var2; 3812 int op; 3813 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3814 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3815 int use_float = FALSE; 3816 float_T f1 = 0, f2; 3817 #endif 3818 int error = FALSE; 3819 3820 /* 3821 * Get the first variable. 3822 */ 3823 if (eval7(arg, rettv, evaluate, want_string) == FAIL) 3824 return FAIL; 3825 3826 /* 3827 * Repeat computing, until no '*', '/' or '%' is following. 3828 */ 3829 for (;;) 3830 { 3831 op = **arg; 3832 if (op != '*' && op != '/' && op != '%') 3833 break; 3834 3835 if (evaluate) 3836 { 3837 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3838 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3839 { 3840 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3841 use_float = TRUE; 3842 n1 = 0; 3843 } 3844 else 3845 #endif 3846 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3847 clear_tv(rettv); 3848 if (error) 3849 return FAIL; 3850 } 3851 else 3852 n1 = 0; 3853 3854 /* 3855 * Get the second variable. 3856 */ 3857 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3858 if (eval7(arg, &var2, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3859 return FAIL; 3860 3861 if (evaluate) 3862 { 3863 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3864 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3865 { 3866 if (!use_float) 3867 { 3868 f1 = n1; 3869 use_float = TRUE; 3870 } 3871 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3872 n2 = 0; 3873 } 3874 else 3875 #endif 3876 { 3877 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3878 clear_tv(&var2); 3879 if (error) 3880 return FAIL; 3881 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3882 if (use_float) 3883 f2 = n2; 3884 #endif 3885 } 3886 3887 /* 3888 * Compute the result. 3889 * When either side is a float the result is a float. 3890 */ 3891 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3892 if (use_float) 3893 { 3894 if (op == '*') 3895 f1 = f1 * f2; 3896 else if (op == '/') 3897 { 3898 # ifdef VMS 3899 /* VMS crashes on divide by zero, work around it */ 3900 if (f2 == 0.0) 3901 { 3902 if (f1 == 0) 3903 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX - 1L; /* similar to NaN */ 3904 else if (f1 < 0) 3905 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX; 3906 else 3907 f1 = __F_FLT_MAX; 3908 } 3909 else 3910 f1 = f1 / f2; 3911 # else 3912 /* We rely on the floating point library to handle divide 3913 * by zero to result in "inf" and not a crash. */ 3914 f1 = f1 / f2; 3915 # endif 3916 } 3917 else 3918 { 3919 EMSG(_("E804: Cannot use '%' with Float")); 3920 return FAIL; 3921 } 3922 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3923 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3924 } 3925 else 3926 #endif 3927 { 3928 if (op == '*') 3929 n1 = n1 * n2; 3930 else if (op == '/') 3931 { 3932 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 3933 { 3934 if (n1 == 0) 3935 n1 = VARNUM_MIN; /* similar to NaN */ 3936 else if (n1 < 0) 3937 n1 = -VARNUM_MAX; 3938 else 3939 n1 = VARNUM_MAX; 3940 } 3941 else 3942 n1 = n1 / n2; 3943 } 3944 else 3945 { 3946 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 3947 n1 = 0; 3948 else 3949 n1 = n1 % n2; 3950 } 3951 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3952 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3953 } 3954 } 3955 } 3956 3957 return OK; 3958 } 3959 3960 /* 3961 * Handle sixth level expression: 3962 * number number constant 3963 * "string" string constant 3964 * 'string' literal string constant 3965 * &option-name option value 3966 * @r register contents 3967 * identifier variable value 3968 * function() function call 3969 * $VAR environment variable 3970 * (expression) nested expression 3971 * [expr, expr] List 3972 * {key: val, key: val} Dictionary 3973 * 3974 * Also handle: 3975 * ! in front logical NOT 3976 * - in front unary minus 3977 * + in front unary plus (ignored) 3978 * trailing [] subscript in String or List 3979 * trailing .name entry in Dictionary 3980 * 3981 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3982 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3983 * 3984 * Return OK or FAIL. 3985 */ 3986 static int 3987 eval7( 3988 char_u **arg, 3989 typval_T *rettv, 3990 int evaluate, 3991 int want_string UNUSED) /* after "." operator */ 3992 { 3993 varnumber_T n; 3994 int len; 3995 char_u *s; 3996 char_u *start_leader, *end_leader; 3997 int ret = OK; 3998 char_u *alias; 3999 4000 /* 4001 * Initialise variable so that clear_tv() can't mistake this for a 4002 * string and free a string that isn't there. 4003 */ 4004 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 4005 4006 /* 4007 * Skip '!', '-' and '+' characters. They are handled later. 4008 */ 4009 start_leader = *arg; 4010 while (**arg == '!' || **arg == '-' || **arg == '+') 4011 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4012 end_leader = *arg; 4013 4014 switch (**arg) 4015 { 4016 /* 4017 * Number constant. 4018 */ 4019 case '0': 4020 case '1': 4021 case '2': 4022 case '3': 4023 case '4': 4024 case '5': 4025 case '6': 4026 case '7': 4027 case '8': 4028 case '9': 4029 { 4030 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4031 char_u *p = skipdigits(*arg + 1); 4032 int get_float = FALSE; 4033 4034 /* We accept a float when the format matches 4035 * "[0-9]\+\.[0-9]\+\([eE][+-]\?[0-9]\+\)\?". This is very 4036 * strict to avoid backwards compatibility problems. 4037 * Don't look for a float after the "." operator, so that 4038 * ":let vers = 1.2.3" doesn't fail. */ 4039 if (!want_string && p[0] == '.' && vim_isdigit(p[1])) 4040 { 4041 get_float = TRUE; 4042 p = skipdigits(p + 2); 4043 if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E') 4044 { 4045 ++p; 4046 if (*p == '-' || *p == '+') 4047 ++p; 4048 if (!vim_isdigit(*p)) 4049 get_float = FALSE; 4050 else 4051 p = skipdigits(p + 1); 4052 } 4053 if (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) || *p == '.') 4054 get_float = FALSE; 4055 } 4056 if (get_float) 4057 { 4058 float_T f; 4059 4060 *arg += string2float(*arg, &f); 4061 if (evaluate) 4062 { 4063 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4064 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4065 } 4066 } 4067 else 4068 #endif 4069 { 4070 vim_str2nr(*arg, NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 4071 *arg += len; 4072 if (evaluate) 4073 { 4074 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4075 rettv->vval.v_number = n; 4076 } 4077 } 4078 break; 4079 } 4080 4081 /* 4082 * String constant: "string". 4083 */ 4084 case '"': ret = get_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4085 break; 4086 4087 /* 4088 * Literal string constant: 'str''ing'. 4089 */ 4090 case '\'': ret = get_lit_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4091 break; 4092 4093 /* 4094 * List: [expr, expr] 4095 */ 4096 case '[': ret = get_list_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4097 break; 4098 4099 /* 4100 * Lambda: {arg, arg -> expr} 4101 * Dictionary: {key: val, key: val} 4102 */ 4103 case '{': ret = get_lambda_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4104 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4105 ret = get_dict_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4106 break; 4107 4108 /* 4109 * Option value: &name 4110 */ 4111 case '&': ret = get_option_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4112 break; 4113 4114 /* 4115 * Environment variable: $VAR. 4116 */ 4117 case '$': ret = get_env_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4118 break; 4119 4120 /* 4121 * Register contents: @r. 4122 */ 4123 case '@': ++*arg; 4124 if (evaluate) 4125 { 4126 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4127 rettv->vval.v_string = get_reg_contents(**arg, 4128 GREG_EXPR_SRC); 4129 } 4130 if (**arg != NUL) 4131 ++*arg; 4132 break; 4133 4134 /* 4135 * nested expression: (expression). 4136 */ 4137 case '(': *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4138 ret = eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate); /* recursive! */ 4139 if (**arg == ')') 4140 ++*arg; 4141 else if (ret == OK) 4142 { 4143 EMSG(_("E110: Missing ')'")); 4144 clear_tv(rettv); 4145 ret = FAIL; 4146 } 4147 break; 4148 4149 default: ret = NOTDONE; 4150 break; 4151 } 4152 4153 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4154 { 4155 /* 4156 * Must be a variable or function name. 4157 * Can also be a curly-braces kind of name: {expr}. 4158 */ 4159 s = *arg; 4160 len = get_name_len(arg, &alias, evaluate, TRUE); 4161 if (alias != NULL) 4162 s = alias; 4163 4164 if (len <= 0) 4165 ret = FAIL; 4166 else 4167 { 4168 if (**arg == '(') /* recursive! */ 4169 { 4170 partial_T *partial; 4171 4172 if (!evaluate) 4173 check_vars(s, len); 4174 4175 /* If "s" is the name of a variable of type VAR_FUNC 4176 * use its contents. */ 4177 s = deref_func_name(s, &len, &partial, !evaluate); 4178 4179 /* Need to make a copy, in case evaluating the arguments makes 4180 * the name invalid. */ 4181 s = vim_strsave(s); 4182 if (s == NULL) 4183 ret = FAIL; 4184 else 4185 /* Invoke the function. */ 4186 ret = get_func_tv(s, len, rettv, arg, 4187 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 4188 &len, evaluate, partial, NULL); 4189 vim_free(s); 4190 4191 /* If evaluate is FALSE rettv->v_type was not set in 4192 * get_func_tv, but it's needed in handle_subscript() to parse 4193 * what follows. So set it here. */ 4194 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_UNKNOWN && !evaluate && **arg == '(') 4195 { 4196 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4197 rettv->v_type = VAR_FUNC; 4198 } 4199 4200 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately 4201 * aborting on error, or when an interrupt occurred or 4202 * an exception was thrown but not caught. */ 4203 if (aborting()) 4204 { 4205 if (ret == OK) 4206 clear_tv(rettv); 4207 ret = FAIL; 4208 } 4209 } 4210 else if (evaluate) 4211 ret = get_var_tv(s, len, rettv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE); 4212 else 4213 { 4214 check_vars(s, len); 4215 ret = OK; 4216 } 4217 } 4218 vim_free(alias); 4219 } 4220 4221 *arg = skipwhite(*arg); 4222 4223 /* Handle following '[', '(' and '.' for expr[expr], expr.name, 4224 * expr(expr). */ 4225 if (ret == OK) 4226 ret = handle_subscript(arg, rettv, evaluate, TRUE); 4227 4228 /* 4229 * Apply logical NOT and unary '-', from right to left, ignore '+'. 4230 */ 4231 if (ret == OK && evaluate && end_leader > start_leader) 4232 { 4233 int error = FALSE; 4234 varnumber_T val = 0; 4235 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4236 float_T f = 0.0; 4237 4238 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4239 f = rettv->vval.v_float; 4240 else 4241 #endif 4242 val = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 4243 if (error) 4244 { 4245 clear_tv(rettv); 4246 ret = FAIL; 4247 } 4248 else 4249 { 4250 while (end_leader > start_leader) 4251 { 4252 --end_leader; 4253 if (*end_leader == '!') 4254 { 4255 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4256 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4257 f = !f; 4258 else 4259 #endif 4260 val = !val; 4261 } 4262 else if (*end_leader == '-') 4263 { 4264 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4265 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4266 f = -f; 4267 else 4268 #endif 4269 val = -val; 4270 } 4271 } 4272 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4273 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4274 { 4275 clear_tv(rettv); 4276 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4277 } 4278 else 4279 #endif 4280 { 4281 clear_tv(rettv); 4282 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4283 rettv->vval.v_number = val; 4284 } 4285 } 4286 } 4287 4288 return ret; 4289 } 4290 4291 /* 4292 * Evaluate an "[expr]" or "[expr:expr]" index. Also "dict.key". 4293 * "*arg" points to the '[' or '.'. 4294 * Returns FAIL or OK. "*arg" is advanced to after the ']'. 4295 */ 4296 static int 4297 eval_index( 4298 char_u **arg, 4299 typval_T *rettv, 4300 int evaluate, 4301 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 4302 { 4303 int empty1 = FALSE, empty2 = FALSE; 4304 typval_T var1, var2; 4305 long n1, n2 = 0; 4306 long len = -1; 4307 int range = FALSE; 4308 char_u *s; 4309 char_u *key = NULL; 4310 4311 switch (rettv->v_type) 4312 { 4313 case VAR_FUNC: 4314 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4315 if (verbose) 4316 EMSG(_("E695: Cannot index a Funcref")); 4317 return FAIL; 4318 case VAR_FLOAT: 4319 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4320 if (verbose) 4321 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 4322 return FAIL; 4323 #endif 4324 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4325 case VAR_JOB: 4326 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4327 if (verbose) 4328 EMSG(_("E909: Cannot index a special variable")); 4329 return FAIL; 4330 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4331 if (evaluate) 4332 return FAIL; 4333 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4334 4335 case VAR_STRING: 4336 case VAR_NUMBER: 4337 case VAR_LIST: 4338 case VAR_DICT: 4339 break; 4340 } 4341 4342 init_tv(&var1); 4343 init_tv(&var2); 4344 if (**arg == '.') 4345 { 4346 /* 4347 * dict.name 4348 */ 4349 key = *arg + 1; 4350 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 4351 ; 4352 if (len == 0) 4353 return FAIL; 4354 *arg = skipwhite(key + len); 4355 } 4356 else 4357 { 4358 /* 4359 * something[idx] 4360 * 4361 * Get the (first) variable from inside the []. 4362 */ 4363 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4364 if (**arg == ':') 4365 empty1 = TRUE; 4366 else if (eval1(arg, &var1, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4367 return FAIL; 4368 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 4369 { 4370 /* not a number or string */ 4371 clear_tv(&var1); 4372 return FAIL; 4373 } 4374 4375 /* 4376 * Get the second variable from inside the [:]. 4377 */ 4378 if (**arg == ':') 4379 { 4380 range = TRUE; 4381 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4382 if (**arg == ']') 4383 empty2 = TRUE; 4384 else if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4385 { 4386 if (!empty1) 4387 clear_tv(&var1); 4388 return FAIL; 4389 } 4390 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 4391 { 4392 /* not a number or string */ 4393 if (!empty1) 4394 clear_tv(&var1); 4395 clear_tv(&var2); 4396 return FAIL; 4397 } 4398 } 4399 4400 /* Check for the ']'. */ 4401 if (**arg != ']') 4402 { 4403 if (verbose) 4404 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 4405 clear_tv(&var1); 4406 if (range) 4407 clear_tv(&var2); 4408 return FAIL; 4409 } 4410 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); /* skip the ']' */ 4411 } 4412 4413 if (evaluate) 4414 { 4415 n1 = 0; 4416 if (!empty1 && rettv->v_type != VAR_DICT) 4417 { 4418 n1 = get_tv_number(&var1); 4419 clear_tv(&var1); 4420 } 4421 if (range) 4422 { 4423 if (empty2) 4424 n2 = -1; 4425 else 4426 { 4427 n2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 4428 clear_tv(&var2); 4429 } 4430 } 4431 4432 switch (rettv->v_type) 4433 { 4434 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4435 case VAR_FUNC: 4436 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4437 case VAR_FLOAT: 4438 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4439 case VAR_JOB: 4440 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4441 break; /* not evaluating, skipping over subscript */ 4442 4443 case VAR_NUMBER: 4444 case VAR_STRING: 4445 s = get_tv_string(rettv); 4446 len = (long)STRLEN(s); 4447 if (range) 4448 { 4449 /* The resulting variable is a substring. If the indexes 4450 * are out of range the result is empty. */ 4451 if (n1 < 0) 4452 { 4453 n1 = len + n1; 4454 if (n1 < 0) 4455 n1 = 0; 4456 } 4457 if (n2 < 0) 4458 n2 = len + n2; 4459 else if (n2 >= len) 4460 n2 = len; 4461 if (n1 >= len || n2 < 0 || n1 > n2) 4462 s = NULL; 4463 else 4464 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, (int)(n2 - n1 + 1)); 4465 } 4466 else 4467 { 4468 /* The resulting variable is a string of a single 4469 * character. If the index is too big or negative the 4470 * result is empty. */ 4471 if (n1 >= len || n1 < 0) 4472 s = NULL; 4473 else 4474 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, 1); 4475 } 4476 clear_tv(rettv); 4477 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4478 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 4479 break; 4480 4481 case VAR_LIST: 4482 len = list_len(rettv->vval.v_list); 4483 if (n1 < 0) 4484 n1 = len + n1; 4485 if (!empty1 && (n1 < 0 || n1 >= len)) 4486 { 4487 /* For a range we allow invalid values and return an empty 4488 * list. A list index out of range is an error. */ 4489 if (!range) 4490 { 4491 if (verbose) 4492 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), n1); 4493 return FAIL; 4494 } 4495 n1 = len; 4496 } 4497 if (range) 4498 { 4499 list_T *l; 4500 listitem_T *item; 4501 4502 if (n2 < 0) 4503 n2 = len + n2; 4504 else if (n2 >= len) 4505 n2 = len - 1; 4506 if (!empty2 && (n2 < 0 || n2 + 1 < n1)) 4507 n2 = -1; 4508 l = list_alloc(); 4509 if (l == NULL) 4510 return FAIL; 4511 for (item = list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1); 4512 n1 <= n2; ++n1) 4513 { 4514 if (list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv) == FAIL) 4515 { 4516 list_free(l); 4517 return FAIL; 4518 } 4519 item = item->li_next; 4520 } 4521 clear_tv(rettv); 4522 rettv_list_set(rettv, l); 4523 } 4524 else 4525 { 4526 copy_tv(&list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1)->li_tv, &var1); 4527 clear_tv(rettv); 4528 *rettv = var1; 4529 } 4530 break; 4531 4532 case VAR_DICT: 4533 if (range) 4534 { 4535 if (verbose) 4536 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 4537 if (len == -1) 4538 clear_tv(&var1); 4539 return FAIL; 4540 } 4541 { 4542 dictitem_T *item; 4543 4544 if (len == -1) 4545 { 4546 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); 4547 if (key == NULL) 4548 { 4549 clear_tv(&var1); 4550 return FAIL; 4551 } 4552 } 4553 4554 item = dict_find(rettv->vval.v_dict, key, (int)len); 4555 4556 if (item == NULL && verbose) 4557 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 4558 if (len == -1) 4559 clear_tv(&var1); 4560 if (item == NULL) 4561 return FAIL; 4562 4563 copy_tv(&item->di_tv, &var1); 4564 clear_tv(rettv); 4565 *rettv = var1; 4566 } 4567 break; 4568 } 4569 } 4570 4571 return OK; 4572 } 4573 4574 /* 4575 * Get an option value. 4576 * "arg" points to the '&' or '+' before the option name. 4577 * "arg" is advanced to character after the option name. 4578 * Return OK or FAIL. 4579 */ 4580 int 4581 get_option_tv( 4582 char_u **arg, 4583 typval_T *rettv, /* when NULL, only check if option exists */ 4584 int evaluate) 4585 { 4586 char_u *option_end; 4587 long numval; 4588 char_u *stringval; 4589 int opt_type; 4590 int c; 4591 int working = (**arg == '+'); /* has("+option") */ 4592 int ret = OK; 4593 int opt_flags; 4594 4595 /* 4596 * Isolate the option name and find its value. 4597 */ 4598 option_end = find_option_end(arg, &opt_flags); 4599 if (option_end == NULL) 4600 { 4601 if (rettv != NULL) 4602 EMSG2(_("E112: Option name missing: %s"), *arg); 4603 return FAIL; 4604 } 4605 4606 if (!evaluate) 4607 { 4608 *arg = option_end; 4609 return OK; 4610 } 4611 4612 c = *option_end; 4613 *option_end = NUL; 4614 opt_type = get_option_value(*arg, &numval, 4615 rettv == NULL ? NULL : &stringval, opt_flags); 4616 4617 if (opt_type == -3) /* invalid name */ 4618 { 4619 if (rettv != NULL) 4620 EMSG2(_("E113: Unknown option: %s"), *arg); 4621 ret = FAIL; 4622 } 4623 else if (rettv != NULL) 4624 { 4625 if (opt_type == -2) /* hidden string option */ 4626 { 4627 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4628 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4629 } 4630 else if (opt_type == -1) /* hidden number option */ 4631 { 4632 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4633 rettv->vval.v_number = 0; 4634 } 4635 else if (opt_type == 1) /* number option */ 4636 { 4637 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4638 rettv->vval.v_number = numval; 4639 } 4640 else /* string option */ 4641 { 4642 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4643 rettv->vval.v_string = stringval; 4644 } 4645 } 4646 else if (working && (opt_type == -2 || opt_type == -1)) 4647 ret = FAIL; 4648 4649 *option_end = c; /* put back for error messages */ 4650 *arg = option_end; 4651 4652 return ret; 4653 } 4654 4655 /* 4656 * Allocate a variable for a string constant. 4657 * Return OK or FAIL. 4658 */ 4659 static int 4660 get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4661 { 4662 char_u *p; 4663 char_u *name; 4664 int extra = 0; 4665 4666 /* 4667 * Find the end of the string, skipping backslashed characters. 4668 */ 4669 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4670 { 4671 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 4672 { 4673 ++p; 4674 /* A "\<x>" form occupies at least 4 characters, and produces up 4675 * to 6 characters: reserve space for 2 extra */ 4676 if (*p == '<') 4677 extra += 2; 4678 } 4679 } 4680 4681 if (*p != '"') 4682 { 4683 EMSG2(_("E114: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4684 return FAIL; 4685 } 4686 4687 /* If only parsing, set *arg and return here */ 4688 if (!evaluate) 4689 { 4690 *arg = p + 1; 4691 return OK; 4692 } 4693 4694 /* 4695 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling backslashed 4696 * characters. 4697 */ 4698 name = alloc((unsigned)(p - *arg + extra)); 4699 if (name == NULL) 4700 return FAIL; 4701 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4702 rettv->vval.v_string = name; 4703 4704 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; ) 4705 { 4706 if (*p == '\\') 4707 { 4708 switch (*++p) 4709 { 4710 case 'b': *name++ = BS; ++p; break; 4711 case 'e': *name++ = ESC; ++p; break; 4712 case 'f': *name++ = FF; ++p; break; 4713 case 'n': *name++ = NL; ++p; break; 4714 case 'r': *name++ = CAR; ++p; break; 4715 case 't': *name++ = TAB; ++p; break; 4716 4717 case 'X': /* hex: "\x1", "\x12" */ 4718 case 'x': 4719 case 'u': /* Unicode: "\u0023" */ 4720 case 'U': 4721 if (vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4722 { 4723 int n, nr; 4724 int c = toupper(*p); 4725 4726 if (c == 'X') 4727 n = 2; 4728 else if (*p == 'u') 4729 n = 4; 4730 else 4731 n = 8; 4732 nr = 0; 4733 while (--n >= 0 && vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4734 { 4735 ++p; 4736 nr = (nr << 4) + hex2nr(*p); 4737 } 4738 ++p; 4739 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4740 /* For "\u" store the number according to 4741 * 'encoding'. */ 4742 if (c != 'X') 4743 name += (*mb_char2bytes)(nr, name); 4744 else 4745 #endif 4746 *name++ = nr; 4747 } 4748 break; 4749 4750 /* octal: "\1", "\12", "\123" */ 4751 case '0': 4752 case '1': 4753 case '2': 4754 case '3': 4755 case '4': 4756 case '5': 4757 case '6': 4758 case '7': *name = *p++ - '0'; 4759 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4760 { 4761 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4762 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4763 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4764 } 4765 ++name; 4766 break; 4767 4768 /* Special key, e.g.: "\<C-W>" */ 4769 case '<': extra = trans_special(&p, name, TRUE, TRUE); 4770 if (extra != 0) 4771 { 4772 name += extra; 4773 break; 4774 } 4775 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4776 4777 default: MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4778 break; 4779 } 4780 } 4781 else 4782 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4783 4784 } 4785 *name = NUL; 4786 if (*p != NUL) /* just in case */ 4787 ++p; 4788 *arg = p; 4789 4790 return OK; 4791 } 4792 4793 /* 4794 * Allocate a variable for a 'str''ing' constant. 4795 * Return OK or FAIL. 4796 */ 4797 static int 4798 get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4799 { 4800 char_u *p; 4801 char_u *str; 4802 int reduce = 0; 4803 4804 /* 4805 * Find the end of the string, skipping ''. 4806 */ 4807 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4808 { 4809 if (*p == '\'') 4810 { 4811 if (p[1] != '\'') 4812 break; 4813 ++reduce; 4814 ++p; 4815 } 4816 } 4817 4818 if (*p != '\'') 4819 { 4820 EMSG2(_("E115: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4821 return FAIL; 4822 } 4823 4824 /* If only parsing return after setting "*arg" */ 4825 if (!evaluate) 4826 { 4827 *arg = p + 1; 4828 return OK; 4829 } 4830 4831 /* 4832 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling '' to ' reduction. 4833 */ 4834 str = alloc((unsigned)((p - *arg) - reduce)); 4835 if (str == NULL) 4836 return FAIL; 4837 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4838 rettv->vval.v_string = str; 4839 4840 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; ) 4841 { 4842 if (*p == '\'') 4843 { 4844 if (p[1] != '\'') 4845 break; 4846 ++p; 4847 } 4848 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, str); 4849 } 4850 *str = NUL; 4851 *arg = p + 1; 4852 4853 return OK; 4854 } 4855 4856 /* 4857 * Return the function name of the partial. 4858 */ 4859 char_u * 4860 partial_name(partial_T *pt) 4861 { 4862 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 4863 return pt->pt_name; 4864 return pt->pt_func->uf_name; 4865 } 4866 4867 static void 4868 partial_free(partial_T *pt) 4869 { 4870 int i; 4871 4872 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 4873 clear_tv(&pt->pt_argv[i]); 4874 vim_free(pt->pt_argv); 4875 dict_unref(pt->pt_dict); 4876 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 4877 { 4878 func_unref(pt->pt_name); 4879 vim_free(pt->pt_name); 4880 } 4881 else 4882 func_ptr_unref(pt->pt_func); 4883 vim_free(pt); 4884 } 4885 4886 /* 4887 * Unreference a closure: decrement the reference count and free it when it 4888 * becomes zero. 4889 */ 4890 void 4891 partial_unref(partial_T *pt) 4892 { 4893 if (pt != NULL && --pt->pt_refcount <= 0) 4894 partial_free(pt); 4895 } 4896 4897 static int tv_equal_recurse_limit; 4898 4899 static int 4900 func_equal( 4901 typval_T *tv1, 4902 typval_T *tv2, 4903 int ic) /* ignore case */ 4904 { 4905 char_u *s1, *s2; 4906 dict_T *d1, *d2; 4907 int a1, a2; 4908 int i; 4909 4910 /* empty and NULL function name considered the same */ 4911 s1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv1->vval.v_string 4912 : partial_name(tv1->vval.v_partial); 4913 if (s1 != NULL && *s1 == NUL) 4914 s1 = NULL; 4915 s2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv2->vval.v_string 4916 : partial_name(tv2->vval.v_partial); 4917 if (s2 != NULL && *s2 == NUL) 4918 s2 = NULL; 4919 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) 4920 { 4921 if (s1 != s2) 4922 return FALSE; 4923 } 4924 else if (STRCMP(s1, s2) != 0) 4925 return FALSE; 4926 4927 /* empty dict and NULL dict is different */ 4928 d1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 4929 d2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 4930 if (d1 == NULL || d2 == NULL) 4931 { 4932 if (d1 != d2) 4933 return FALSE; 4934 } 4935 else if (!dict_equal(d1, d2, ic, TRUE)) 4936 return FALSE; 4937 4938 /* empty list and no list considered the same */ 4939 a1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 4940 a2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 4941 if (a1 != a2) 4942 return FALSE; 4943 for (i = 0; i < a1; ++i) 4944 if (!tv_equal(tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, 4945 tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, ic, TRUE)) 4946 return FALSE; 4947 4948 return TRUE; 4949 } 4950 4951 /* 4952 * Return TRUE if "tv1" and "tv2" have the same value. 4953 * Compares the items just like "==" would compare them, but strings and 4954 * numbers are different. Floats and numbers are also different. 4955 */ 4956 int 4957 tv_equal( 4958 typval_T *tv1, 4959 typval_T *tv2, 4960 int ic, /* ignore case */ 4961 int recursive) /* TRUE when used recursively */ 4962 { 4963 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 4964 char_u *s1, *s2; 4965 static int recursive_cnt = 0; /* catch recursive loops */ 4966 int r; 4967 4968 /* Catch lists and dicts that have an endless loop by limiting 4969 * recursiveness to a limit. We guess they are equal then. 4970 * A fixed limit has the problem of still taking an awful long time. 4971 * Reduce the limit every time running into it. That should work fine for 4972 * deeply linked structures that are not recursively linked and catch 4973 * recursiveness quickly. */ 4974 if (!recursive) 4975 tv_equal_recurse_limit = 1000; 4976 if (recursive_cnt >= tv_equal_recurse_limit) 4977 { 4978 --tv_equal_recurse_limit; 4979 return TRUE; 4980 } 4981 4982 /* For VAR_FUNC and VAR_PARTIAL compare the function name, bound dict and 4983 * arguments. */ 4984 if ((tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC 4985 || (tv1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv1->vval.v_partial != NULL)) 4986 && (tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 4987 || (tv2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv2->vval.v_partial != NULL))) 4988 { 4989 ++recursive_cnt; 4990 r = func_equal(tv1, tv2, ic); 4991 --recursive_cnt; 4992 return r; 4993 } 4994 4995 if (tv1->v_type != tv2->v_type) 4996 return FALSE; 4997 4998 switch (tv1->v_type) 4999 { 5000 case VAR_LIST: 5001 ++recursive_cnt; 5002 r = list_equal(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, ic, TRUE); 5003 --recursive_cnt; 5004 return r; 5005 5006 case VAR_DICT: 5007 ++recursive_cnt; 5008 r = dict_equal(tv1->vval.v_dict, tv2->vval.v_dict, ic, TRUE); 5009 --recursive_cnt; 5010 return r; 5011 5012 case VAR_NUMBER: 5013 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 5014 5015 case VAR_STRING: 5016 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(tv1, buf1); 5017 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(tv2, buf2); 5018 return ((ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2)) == 0); 5019 5020 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5021 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 5022 5023 case VAR_FLOAT: 5024 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5025 return tv1->vval.v_float == tv2->vval.v_float; 5026 #endif 5027 case VAR_JOB: 5028 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5029 return tv1->vval.v_job == tv2->vval.v_job; 5030 #endif 5031 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5032 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5033 return tv1->vval.v_channel == tv2->vval.v_channel; 5034 #endif 5035 case VAR_FUNC: 5036 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5037 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5038 break; 5039 } 5040 5041 /* VAR_UNKNOWN can be the result of a invalid expression, let's say it 5042 * does not equal anything, not even itself. */ 5043 return FALSE; 5044 } 5045 5046 /* 5047 * Return the next (unique) copy ID. 5048 * Used for serializing nested structures. 5049 */ 5050 int 5051 get_copyID(void) 5052 { 5053 current_copyID += COPYID_INC; 5054 return current_copyID; 5055 } 5056 5057 /* 5058 * Garbage collection for lists and dictionaries. 5059 * 5060 * We use reference counts to be able to free most items right away when they 5061 * are no longer used. But for composite items it's possible that it becomes 5062 * unused while the reference count is > 0: When there is a recursive 5063 * reference. Example: 5064 * :let l = [1, 2, 3] 5065 * :let d = {9: l} 5066 * :let l[1] = d 5067 * 5068 * Since this is quite unusual we handle this with garbage collection: every 5069 * once in a while find out which lists and dicts are not referenced from any 5070 * variable. 5071 * 5072 * Here is a good reference text about garbage collection (refers to Python 5073 * but it applies to all reference-counting mechanisms): 5074 * http://python.ca/nas/python/gc/ 5075 */ 5076 5077 /* 5078 * Do garbage collection for lists and dicts. 5079 * When "testing" is TRUE this is called from test_garbagecollect_now(). 5080 * Return TRUE if some memory was freed. 5081 */ 5082 int 5083 garbage_collect(int testing) 5084 { 5085 int copyID; 5086 int abort = FALSE; 5087 buf_T *buf; 5088 win_T *wp; 5089 int i; 5090 int did_free = FALSE; 5091 tabpage_T *tp; 5092 5093 if (!testing) 5094 { 5095 /* Only do this once. */ 5096 want_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5097 may_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5098 garbage_collect_at_exit = FALSE; 5099 } 5100 5101 /* We advance by two because we add one for items referenced through 5102 * previous_funccal. */ 5103 copyID = get_copyID(); 5104 5105 /* 5106 * 1. Go through all accessible variables and mark all lists and dicts 5107 * with copyID. 5108 */ 5109 5110 /* Don't free variables in the previous_funccal list unless they are only 5111 * referenced through previous_funccal. This must be first, because if 5112 * the item is referenced elsewhere the funccal must not be freed. */ 5113 abort = abort || set_ref_in_previous_funccal(copyID); 5114 5115 /* script-local variables */ 5116 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 5117 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&SCRIPT_VARS(i), copyID, NULL); 5118 5119 /* buffer-local variables */ 5120 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 5121 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&buf->b_bufvar.di_tv, copyID, 5122 NULL, NULL); 5123 5124 /* window-local variables */ 5125 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 5126 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&wp->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5127 NULL, NULL); 5128 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 5129 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 5130 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&aucmd_win->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5131 NULL, NULL); 5132 #endif 5133 5134 /* tabpage-local variables */ 5135 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 5136 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&tp->tp_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5137 NULL, NULL); 5138 /* global variables */ 5139 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&globvarht, copyID, NULL); 5140 5141 /* function-local variables */ 5142 abort = abort || set_ref_in_call_stack(copyID); 5143 5144 /* named functions (matters for closures) */ 5145 abort = abort || set_ref_in_functions(copyID); 5146 5147 /* function call arguments, if v:testing is set. */ 5148 abort = abort || set_ref_in_func_args(copyID); 5149 5150 /* v: vars */ 5151 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&vimvarht, copyID, NULL); 5152 5153 #ifdef FEAT_LUA 5154 abort = abort || set_ref_in_lua(copyID); 5155 #endif 5156 5157 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON 5158 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python(copyID); 5159 #endif 5160 5161 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON3 5162 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python3(copyID); 5163 #endif 5164 5165 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5166 abort = abort || set_ref_in_channel(copyID); 5167 abort = abort || set_ref_in_job(copyID); 5168 #endif 5169 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 5170 abort = abort || set_ref_in_nb_channel(copyID); 5171 #endif 5172 5173 #ifdef FEAT_TIMERS 5174 abort = abort || set_ref_in_timer(copyID); 5175 #endif 5176 5177 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5178 abort = abort || set_ref_in_quickfix(copyID); 5179 #endif 5180 5181 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5182 abort = abort || set_ref_in_term(copyID); 5183 #endif 5184 5185 if (!abort) 5186 { 5187 /* 5188 * 2. Free lists and dictionaries that are not referenced. 5189 */ 5190 did_free = free_unref_items(copyID); 5191 5192 /* 5193 * 3. Check if any funccal can be freed now. 5194 * This may call us back recursively. 5195 */ 5196 free_unref_funccal(copyID, testing); 5197 } 5198 else if (p_verbose > 0) 5199 { 5200 verb_msg((char_u *)_("Not enough memory to set references, garbage collection aborted!")); 5201 } 5202 5203 return did_free; 5204 } 5205 5206 /* 5207 * Free lists, dictionaries, channels and jobs that are no longer referenced. 5208 */ 5209 static int 5210 free_unref_items(int copyID) 5211 { 5212 int did_free = FALSE; 5213 5214 /* Let all "free" functions know that we are here. This means no 5215 * dictionaries, lists, channels or jobs are to be freed, because we will 5216 * do that here. */ 5217 in_free_unref_items = TRUE; 5218 5219 /* 5220 * PASS 1: free the contents of the items. We don't free the items 5221 * themselves yet, so that it is possible to decrement refcount counters 5222 */ 5223 5224 /* Go through the list of dicts and free items without the copyID. */ 5225 did_free |= dict_free_nonref(copyID); 5226 5227 /* Go through the list of lists and free items without the copyID. */ 5228 did_free |= list_free_nonref(copyID); 5229 5230 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5231 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5232 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5233 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5234 did_free |= free_unused_jobs_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5235 5236 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5237 did_free |= free_unused_channels_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5238 #endif 5239 5240 /* 5241 * PASS 2: free the items themselves. 5242 */ 5243 dict_free_items(copyID); 5244 list_free_items(copyID); 5245 5246 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5247 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5248 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5249 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5250 free_unused_jobs(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5251 5252 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5253 free_unused_channels(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5254 #endif 5255 5256 in_free_unref_items = FALSE; 5257 5258 return did_free; 5259 } 5260 5261 /* 5262 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through hashtab "ht" with "copyID". 5263 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5264 * 5265 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5266 */ 5267 int 5268 set_ref_in_ht(hashtab_T *ht, int copyID, list_stack_T **list_stack) 5269 { 5270 int todo; 5271 int abort = FALSE; 5272 hashitem_T *hi; 5273 hashtab_T *cur_ht; 5274 ht_stack_T *ht_stack = NULL; 5275 ht_stack_T *tempitem; 5276 5277 cur_ht = ht; 5278 for (;;) 5279 { 5280 if (!abort) 5281 { 5282 /* Mark each item in the hashtab. If the item contains a hashtab 5283 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5284 * list_stack. */ 5285 todo = (int)cur_ht->ht_used; 5286 for (hi = cur_ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 5287 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 5288 { 5289 --todo; 5290 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, copyID, 5291 &ht_stack, list_stack); 5292 } 5293 } 5294 5295 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5296 break; 5297 5298 /* take an item from the stack */ 5299 cur_ht = ht_stack->ht; 5300 tempitem = ht_stack; 5301 ht_stack = ht_stack->prev; 5302 free(tempitem); 5303 } 5304 5305 return abort; 5306 } 5307 5308 /* 5309 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through list "l" with "copyID". 5310 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5311 * 5312 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5313 */ 5314 int 5315 set_ref_in_list(list_T *l, int copyID, ht_stack_T **ht_stack) 5316 { 5317 listitem_T *li; 5318 int abort = FALSE; 5319 list_T *cur_l; 5320 list_stack_T *list_stack = NULL; 5321 list_stack_T *tempitem; 5322 5323 cur_l = l; 5324 for (;;) 5325 { 5326 if (!abort) 5327 /* Mark each item in the list. If the item contains a hashtab 5328 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5329 * list_stack. */ 5330 for (li = cur_l->lv_first; !abort && li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 5331 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&li->li_tv, copyID, 5332 ht_stack, &list_stack); 5333 if (list_stack == NULL) 5334 break; 5335 5336 /* take an item from the stack */ 5337 cur_l = list_stack->list; 5338 tempitem = list_stack; 5339 list_stack = list_stack->prev; 5340 free(tempitem); 5341 } 5342 5343 return abort; 5344 } 5345 5346 /* 5347 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through typval "tv" with "copyID". 5348 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5349 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5350 * 5351 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5352 */ 5353 int 5354 set_ref_in_item( 5355 typval_T *tv, 5356 int copyID, 5357 ht_stack_T **ht_stack, 5358 list_stack_T **list_stack) 5359 { 5360 int abort = FALSE; 5361 5362 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 5363 { 5364 dict_T *dd = tv->vval.v_dict; 5365 5366 if (dd != NULL && dd->dv_copyID != copyID) 5367 { 5368 /* Didn't see this dict yet. */ 5369 dd->dv_copyID = copyID; 5370 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5371 { 5372 abort = set_ref_in_ht(&dd->dv_hashtab, copyID, list_stack); 5373 } 5374 else 5375 { 5376 ht_stack_T *newitem = (ht_stack_T*)malloc(sizeof(ht_stack_T)); 5377 if (newitem == NULL) 5378 abort = TRUE; 5379 else 5380 { 5381 newitem->ht = &dd->dv_hashtab; 5382 newitem->prev = *ht_stack; 5383 *ht_stack = newitem; 5384 } 5385 } 5386 } 5387 } 5388 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5389 { 5390 list_T *ll = tv->vval.v_list; 5391 5392 if (ll != NULL && ll->lv_copyID != copyID) 5393 { 5394 /* Didn't see this list yet. */ 5395 ll->lv_copyID = copyID; 5396 if (list_stack == NULL) 5397 { 5398 abort = set_ref_in_list(ll, copyID, ht_stack); 5399 } 5400 else 5401 { 5402 list_stack_T *newitem = (list_stack_T*)malloc( 5403 sizeof(list_stack_T)); 5404 if (newitem == NULL) 5405 abort = TRUE; 5406 else 5407 { 5408 newitem->list = ll; 5409 newitem->prev = *list_stack; 5410 *list_stack = newitem; 5411 } 5412 } 5413 } 5414 } 5415 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 5416 { 5417 abort = set_ref_in_func(tv->vval.v_string, NULL, copyID); 5418 } 5419 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 5420 { 5421 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5422 int i; 5423 5424 /* A partial does not have a copyID, because it cannot contain itself. 5425 */ 5426 if (pt != NULL) 5427 { 5428 abort = set_ref_in_func(pt->pt_name, pt->pt_func, copyID); 5429 5430 if (pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5431 { 5432 typval_T dtv; 5433 5434 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5435 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5436 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5437 } 5438 5439 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5440 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&pt->pt_argv[i], copyID, 5441 ht_stack, list_stack); 5442 } 5443 } 5444 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5445 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_JOB) 5446 { 5447 job_T *job = tv->vval.v_job; 5448 typval_T dtv; 5449 5450 if (job != NULL && job->jv_copyID != copyID) 5451 { 5452 job->jv_copyID = copyID; 5453 if (job->jv_channel != NULL) 5454 { 5455 dtv.v_type = VAR_CHANNEL; 5456 dtv.vval.v_channel = job->jv_channel; 5457 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5458 } 5459 if (job->jv_exit_partial != NULL) 5460 { 5461 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5462 dtv.vval.v_partial = job->jv_exit_partial; 5463 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5464 } 5465 } 5466 } 5467 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_CHANNEL) 5468 { 5469 channel_T *ch =tv->vval.v_channel; 5470 ch_part_T part; 5471 typval_T dtv; 5472 jsonq_T *jq; 5473 cbq_T *cq; 5474 5475 if (ch != NULL && ch->ch_copyID != copyID) 5476 { 5477 ch->ch_copyID = copyID; 5478 for (part = PART_SOCK; part < PART_COUNT; ++part) 5479 { 5480 for (jq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_json_head.jq_next; jq != NULL; 5481 jq = jq->jq_next) 5482 set_ref_in_item(jq->jq_value, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5483 for (cq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_cb_head.cq_next; cq != NULL; 5484 cq = cq->cq_next) 5485 if (cq->cq_partial != NULL) 5486 { 5487 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5488 dtv.vval.v_partial = cq->cq_partial; 5489 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5490 } 5491 if (ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial != NULL) 5492 { 5493 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5494 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial; 5495 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5496 } 5497 } 5498 if (ch->ch_partial != NULL) 5499 { 5500 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5501 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_partial; 5502 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5503 } 5504 if (ch->ch_close_partial != NULL) 5505 { 5506 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5507 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_close_partial; 5508 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5509 } 5510 } 5511 } 5512 #endif 5513 return abort; 5514 } 5515 5516 static char * 5517 get_var_special_name(int nr) 5518 { 5519 switch (nr) 5520 { 5521 case VVAL_FALSE: return "v:false"; 5522 case VVAL_TRUE: return "v:true"; 5523 case VVAL_NONE: return "v:none"; 5524 case VVAL_NULL: return "v:null"; 5525 } 5526 internal_error("get_var_special_name()"); 5527 return "42"; 5528 } 5529 5530 /* 5531 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5532 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5533 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5534 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5535 * When both "echo_style" and "composite_val" are FALSE, put quotes around 5536 * stings as "string()", otherwise does not put quotes around strings, as 5537 * ":echo" displays values. 5538 * When "restore_copyID" is FALSE, repeated items in dictionaries and lists 5539 * are replaced with "...". 5540 * May return NULL. 5541 */ 5542 char_u * 5543 echo_string_core( 5544 typval_T *tv, 5545 char_u **tofree, 5546 char_u *numbuf, 5547 int copyID, 5548 int echo_style, 5549 int restore_copyID, 5550 int composite_val) 5551 { 5552 static int recurse = 0; 5553 char_u *r = NULL; 5554 5555 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 5556 { 5557 if (!did_echo_string_emsg) 5558 { 5559 /* Only give this message once for a recursive call to avoid 5560 * flooding the user with errors. And stop iterating over lists 5561 * and dicts. */ 5562 did_echo_string_emsg = TRUE; 5563 EMSG(_("E724: variable nested too deep for displaying")); 5564 } 5565 *tofree = NULL; 5566 return (char_u *)"{E724}"; 5567 } 5568 ++recurse; 5569 5570 switch (tv->v_type) 5571 { 5572 case VAR_STRING: 5573 if (echo_style && !composite_val) 5574 { 5575 *tofree = NULL; 5576 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5577 if (r == NULL) 5578 r = (char_u *)""; 5579 } 5580 else 5581 { 5582 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, FALSE); 5583 r = *tofree; 5584 } 5585 break; 5586 5587 case VAR_FUNC: 5588 if (echo_style) 5589 { 5590 *tofree = NULL; 5591 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5592 } 5593 else 5594 { 5595 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, TRUE); 5596 r = *tofree; 5597 } 5598 break; 5599 5600 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5601 { 5602 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5603 char_u *fname = string_quote(pt == NULL ? NULL 5604 : partial_name(pt), FALSE); 5605 garray_T ga; 5606 int i; 5607 char_u *tf; 5608 5609 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 100); 5610 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"function("); 5611 if (fname != NULL) 5612 { 5613 ga_concat(&ga, fname); 5614 vim_free(fname); 5615 } 5616 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_argc > 0) 5617 { 5618 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", ["); 5619 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5620 { 5621 if (i > 0) 5622 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5623 ga_concat(&ga, 5624 tv2string(&pt->pt_argv[i], &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5625 vim_free(tf); 5626 } 5627 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"]"); 5628 } 5629 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5630 { 5631 typval_T dtv; 5632 5633 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5634 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5635 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5636 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&dtv, &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5637 vim_free(tf); 5638 } 5639 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)")"); 5640 5641 *tofree = ga.ga_data; 5642 r = *tofree; 5643 break; 5644 } 5645 5646 case VAR_LIST: 5647 if (tv->vval.v_list == NULL) 5648 { 5649 *tofree = NULL; 5650 r = NULL; 5651 } 5652 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID 5653 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 5654 { 5655 *tofree = NULL; 5656 r = (char_u *)"[...]"; 5657 } 5658 else 5659 { 5660 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID; 5661 5662 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = copyID; 5663 *tofree = list2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5664 if (restore_copyID) 5665 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = old_copyID; 5666 r = *tofree; 5667 } 5668 break; 5669 5670 case VAR_DICT: 5671 if (tv->vval.v_dict == NULL) 5672 { 5673 *tofree = NULL; 5674 r = NULL; 5675 } 5676 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID 5677 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_hashtab.ht_used != 0) 5678 { 5679 *tofree = NULL; 5680 r = (char_u *)"{...}"; 5681 } 5682 else 5683 { 5684 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID; 5685 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = copyID; 5686 *tofree = dict2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5687 if (restore_copyID) 5688 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = old_copyID; 5689 r = *tofree; 5690 } 5691 break; 5692 5693 case VAR_NUMBER: 5694 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5695 *tofree = NULL; 5696 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5697 break; 5698 5699 case VAR_JOB: 5700 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5701 *tofree = NULL; 5702 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5703 if (composite_val) 5704 { 5705 *tofree = string_quote(r, FALSE); 5706 r = *tofree; 5707 } 5708 break; 5709 5710 case VAR_FLOAT: 5711 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5712 *tofree = NULL; 5713 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv->vval.v_float); 5714 r = numbuf; 5715 break; 5716 #endif 5717 5718 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5719 *tofree = NULL; 5720 r = (char_u *)get_var_special_name(tv->vval.v_number); 5721 break; 5722 } 5723 5724 if (--recurse == 0) 5725 did_echo_string_emsg = FALSE; 5726 return r; 5727 } 5728 5729 /* 5730 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5731 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5732 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5733 * Does not put quotes around strings, as ":echo" displays values. 5734 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5735 * May return NULL. 5736 */ 5737 char_u * 5738 echo_string( 5739 typval_T *tv, 5740 char_u **tofree, 5741 char_u *numbuf, 5742 int copyID) 5743 { 5744 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5745 } 5746 5747 /* 5748 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5749 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5750 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5751 * Puts quotes around strings, so that they can be parsed back by eval(). 5752 * May return NULL. 5753 */ 5754 char_u * 5755 tv2string( 5756 typval_T *tv, 5757 char_u **tofree, 5758 char_u *numbuf, 5759 int copyID) 5760 { 5761 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 5762 } 5763 5764 /* 5765 * Return string "str" in ' quotes, doubling ' characters. 5766 * If "str" is NULL an empty string is assumed. 5767 * If "function" is TRUE make it function('string'). 5768 */ 5769 char_u * 5770 string_quote(char_u *str, int function) 5771 { 5772 unsigned len; 5773 char_u *p, *r, *s; 5774 5775 len = (function ? 13 : 3); 5776 if (str != NULL) 5777 { 5778 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(str); 5779 for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 5780 if (*p == '\'') 5781 ++len; 5782 } 5783 s = r = alloc(len); 5784 if (r != NULL) 5785 { 5786 if (function) 5787 { 5788 STRCPY(r, "function('"); 5789 r += 10; 5790 } 5791 else 5792 *r++ = '\''; 5793 if (str != NULL) 5794 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ) 5795 { 5796 if (*p == '\'') 5797 *r++ = '\''; 5798 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, r); 5799 } 5800 *r++ = '\''; 5801 if (function) 5802 *r++ = ')'; 5803 *r++ = NUL; 5804 } 5805 return s; 5806 } 5807 5808 #if defined(FEAT_FLOAT) || defined(PROTO) 5809 /* 5810 * Convert the string "text" to a floating point number. 5811 * This uses strtod(). setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C") has been used to make sure 5812 * this always uses a decimal point. 5813 * Returns the length of the text that was consumed. 5814 */ 5815 int 5816 string2float( 5817 char_u *text, 5818 float_T *value) /* result stored here */ 5819 { 5820 char *s = (char *)text; 5821 float_T f; 5822 5823 /* MS-Windows does not deal with "inf" and "nan" properly. */ 5824 if (STRNICMP(text, "inf", 3) == 0) 5825 { 5826 *value = INFINITY; 5827 return 3; 5828 } 5829 if (STRNICMP(text, "-inf", 3) == 0) 5830 { 5831 *value = -INFINITY; 5832 return 4; 5833 } 5834 if (STRNICMP(text, "nan", 3) == 0) 5835 { 5836 *value = NAN; 5837 return 3; 5838 } 5839 f = strtod(s, &s); 5840 *value = f; 5841 return (int)((char_u *)s - text); 5842 } 5843 #endif 5844 5845 /* 5846 * Get the value of an environment variable. 5847 * "arg" is pointing to the '$'. It is advanced to after the name. 5848 * If the environment variable was not set, silently assume it is empty. 5849 * Return FAIL if the name is invalid. 5850 */ 5851 static int 5852 get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 5853 { 5854 char_u *string = NULL; 5855 int len; 5856 int cc; 5857 char_u *name; 5858 int mustfree = FALSE; 5859 5860 ++*arg; 5861 name = *arg; 5862 len = get_env_len(arg); 5863 if (evaluate) 5864 { 5865 if (len == 0) 5866 return FAIL; /* invalid empty name */ 5867 5868 cc = name[len]; 5869 name[len] = NUL; 5870 /* first try vim_getenv(), fast for normal environment vars */ 5871 string = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 5872 if (string != NULL && *string != NUL) 5873 { 5874 if (!mustfree) 5875 string = vim_strsave(string); 5876 } 5877 else 5878 { 5879 if (mustfree) 5880 vim_free(string); 5881 5882 /* next try expanding things like $VIM and ${HOME} */ 5883 string = expand_env_save(name - 1); 5884 if (string != NULL && *string == '$') 5885 VIM_CLEAR(string); 5886 } 5887 name[len] = cc; 5888 5889 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 5890 rettv->vval.v_string = string; 5891 } 5892 5893 return OK; 5894 } 5895 5896 5897 5898 /* 5899 * Translate a String variable into a position. 5900 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 5901 */ 5902 pos_T * 5903 var2fpos( 5904 typval_T *varp, 5905 int dollar_lnum, /* TRUE when $ is last line */ 5906 int *fnum) /* set to fnum for '0, 'A, etc. */ 5907 { 5908 char_u *name; 5909 static pos_T pos; 5910 pos_T *pp; 5911 5912 /* Argument can be [lnum, col, coladd]. */ 5913 if (varp->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5914 { 5915 list_T *l; 5916 int len; 5917 int error = FALSE; 5918 listitem_T *li; 5919 5920 l = varp->vval.v_list; 5921 if (l == NULL) 5922 return NULL; 5923 5924 /* Get the line number */ 5925 pos.lnum = list_find_nr(l, 0L, &error); 5926 if (error || pos.lnum <= 0 || pos.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 5927 return NULL; /* invalid line number */ 5928 5929 /* Get the column number */ 5930 pos.col = list_find_nr(l, 1L, &error); 5931 if (error) 5932 return NULL; 5933 len = (long)STRLEN(ml_get(pos.lnum)); 5934 5935 /* We accept "$" for the column number: last column. */ 5936 li = list_find(l, 1L); 5937 if (li != NULL && li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING 5938 && li->li_tv.vval.v_string != NULL 5939 && STRCMP(li->li_tv.vval.v_string, "$") == 0) 5940 pos.col = len + 1; 5941 5942 /* Accept a position up to the NUL after the line. */ 5943 if (pos.col == 0 || (int)pos.col > len + 1) 5944 return NULL; /* invalid column number */ 5945 --pos.col; 5946 5947 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5948 /* Get the virtual offset. Defaults to zero. */ 5949 pos.coladd = list_find_nr(l, 2L, &error); 5950 if (error) 5951 pos.coladd = 0; 5952 #endif 5953 5954 return &pos; 5955 } 5956 5957 name = get_tv_string_chk(varp); 5958 if (name == NULL) 5959 return NULL; 5960 if (name[0] == '.') /* cursor */ 5961 return &curwin->w_cursor; 5962 if (name[0] == 'v' && name[1] == NUL) /* Visual start */ 5963 { 5964 if (VIsual_active) 5965 return &VIsual; 5966 return &curwin->w_cursor; 5967 } 5968 if (name[0] == '\'') /* mark */ 5969 { 5970 pp = getmark_buf_fnum(curbuf, name[1], FALSE, fnum); 5971 if (pp == NULL || pp == (pos_T *)-1 || pp->lnum <= 0) 5972 return NULL; 5973 return pp; 5974 } 5975 5976 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5977 pos.coladd = 0; 5978 #endif 5979 5980 if (name[0] == 'w' && dollar_lnum) 5981 { 5982 pos.col = 0; 5983 if (name[1] == '0') /* "w0": first visible line */ 5984 { 5985 update_topline(); 5986 /* In silent Ex mode topline is zero, but that's not a valid line 5987 * number; use one instead. */ 5988 pos.lnum = curwin->w_topline > 0 ? curwin->w_topline : 1; 5989 return &pos; 5990 } 5991 else if (name[1] == '$') /* "w$": last visible line */ 5992 { 5993 validate_botline(); 5994 /* In silent Ex mode botline is zero, return zero then. */ 5995 pos.lnum = curwin->w_botline > 0 ? curwin->w_botline - 1 : 0; 5996 return &pos; 5997 } 5998 } 5999 else if (name[0] == '$') /* last column or line */ 6000 { 6001 if (dollar_lnum) 6002 { 6003 pos.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6004 pos.col = 0; 6005 } 6006 else 6007 { 6008 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6009 pos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6010 } 6011 return &pos; 6012 } 6013 return NULL; 6014 } 6015 6016 /* 6017 * Convert list in "arg" into a position and optional file number. 6018 * When "fnump" is NULL there is no file number, only 3 items. 6019 * Note that the column is passed on as-is, the caller may want to decrement 6020 * it to use 1 for the first column. 6021 * Return FAIL when conversion is not possible, doesn't check the position for 6022 * validity. 6023 */ 6024 int 6025 list2fpos( 6026 typval_T *arg, 6027 pos_T *posp, 6028 int *fnump, 6029 colnr_T *curswantp) 6030 { 6031 list_T *l = arg->vval.v_list; 6032 long i = 0; 6033 long n; 6034 6035 /* List must be: [fnum, lnum, col, coladd, curswant], where "fnum" is only 6036 * there when "fnump" isn't NULL; "coladd" and "curswant" are optional. */ 6037 if (arg->v_type != VAR_LIST 6038 || l == NULL 6039 || l->lv_len < (fnump == NULL ? 2 : 3) 6040 || l->lv_len > (fnump == NULL ? 4 : 5)) 6041 return FAIL; 6042 6043 if (fnump != NULL) 6044 { 6045 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* fnum */ 6046 if (n < 0) 6047 return FAIL; 6048 if (n == 0) 6049 n = curbuf->b_fnum; /* current buffer */ 6050 *fnump = n; 6051 } 6052 6053 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* lnum */ 6054 if (n < 0) 6055 return FAIL; 6056 posp->lnum = n; 6057 6058 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* col */ 6059 if (n < 0) 6060 return FAIL; 6061 posp->col = n; 6062 6063 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6064 n = list_find_nr(l, i, NULL); /* off */ 6065 if (n < 0) 6066 posp->coladd = 0; 6067 else 6068 posp->coladd = n; 6069 #endif 6070 6071 if (curswantp != NULL) 6072 *curswantp = list_find_nr(l, i + 1, NULL); /* curswant */ 6073 6074 return OK; 6075 } 6076 6077 /* 6078 * Get the length of an environment variable name. 6079 * Advance "arg" to the first character after the name. 6080 * Return 0 for error. 6081 */ 6082 static int 6083 get_env_len(char_u **arg) 6084 { 6085 char_u *p; 6086 int len; 6087 6088 for (p = *arg; vim_isIDc(*p); ++p) 6089 ; 6090 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6091 return 0; 6092 6093 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6094 *arg = p; 6095 return len; 6096 } 6097 6098 /* 6099 * Get the length of the name of a function or internal variable. 6100 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6101 * Return 0 if something is wrong. 6102 */ 6103 int 6104 get_id_len(char_u **arg) 6105 { 6106 char_u *p; 6107 int len; 6108 6109 /* Find the end of the name. */ 6110 for (p = *arg; eval_isnamec(*p); ++p) 6111 { 6112 if (*p == ':') 6113 { 6114 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6115 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. */ 6116 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6117 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, **arg) == NULL) 6118 || len > 1) 6119 break; 6120 } 6121 } 6122 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6123 return 0; 6124 6125 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6126 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6127 6128 return len; 6129 } 6130 6131 /* 6132 * Get the length of the name of a variable or function. 6133 * Only the name is recognized, does not handle ".key" or "[idx]". 6134 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6135 * Return -1 if curly braces expansion failed. 6136 * Return 0 if something else is wrong. 6137 * If the name contains 'magic' {}'s, expand them and return the 6138 * expanded name in an allocated string via 'alias' - caller must free. 6139 */ 6140 int 6141 get_name_len( 6142 char_u **arg, 6143 char_u **alias, 6144 int evaluate, 6145 int verbose) 6146 { 6147 int len; 6148 char_u *p; 6149 char_u *expr_start; 6150 char_u *expr_end; 6151 6152 *alias = NULL; /* default to no alias */ 6153 6154 if ((*arg)[0] == K_SPECIAL && (*arg)[1] == KS_EXTRA 6155 && (*arg)[2] == (int)KE_SNR) 6156 { 6157 /* hard coded <SNR>, already translated */ 6158 *arg += 3; 6159 return get_id_len(arg) + 3; 6160 } 6161 len = eval_fname_script(*arg); 6162 if (len > 0) 6163 { 6164 /* literal "<SID>", "s:" or "<SNR>" */ 6165 *arg += len; 6166 } 6167 6168 /* 6169 * Find the end of the name; check for {} construction. 6170 */ 6171 p = find_name_end(*arg, &expr_start, &expr_end, 6172 len > 0 ? 0 : FNE_CHECK_START); 6173 if (expr_start != NULL) 6174 { 6175 char_u *temp_string; 6176 6177 if (!evaluate) 6178 { 6179 len += (int)(p - *arg); 6180 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6181 return len; 6182 } 6183 6184 /* 6185 * Include any <SID> etc in the expanded string: 6186 * Thus the -len here. 6187 */ 6188 temp_string = make_expanded_name(*arg - len, expr_start, expr_end, p); 6189 if (temp_string == NULL) 6190 return -1; 6191 *alias = temp_string; 6192 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6193 return (int)STRLEN(temp_string); 6194 } 6195 6196 len += get_id_len(arg); 6197 if (len == 0 && verbose) 6198 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), *arg); 6199 6200 return len; 6201 } 6202 6203 /* 6204 * Find the end of a variable or function name, taking care of magic braces. 6205 * If "expr_start" is not NULL then "expr_start" and "expr_end" are set to the 6206 * start and end of the first magic braces item. 6207 * "flags" can have FNE_INCL_BR and FNE_CHECK_START. 6208 * Return a pointer to just after the name. Equal to "arg" if there is no 6209 * valid name. 6210 */ 6211 char_u * 6212 find_name_end( 6213 char_u *arg, 6214 char_u **expr_start, 6215 char_u **expr_end, 6216 int flags) 6217 { 6218 int mb_nest = 0; 6219 int br_nest = 0; 6220 char_u *p; 6221 int len; 6222 6223 if (expr_start != NULL) 6224 { 6225 *expr_start = NULL; 6226 *expr_end = NULL; 6227 } 6228 6229 /* Quick check for valid starting character. */ 6230 if ((flags & FNE_CHECK_START) && !eval_isnamec1(*arg) && *arg != '{') 6231 return arg; 6232 6233 for (p = arg; *p != NUL 6234 && (eval_isnamec(*p) 6235 || *p == '{' 6236 || ((flags & FNE_INCL_BR) && (*p == '[' || *p == '.')) 6237 || mb_nest != 0 6238 || br_nest != 0); MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6239 { 6240 if (*p == '\'') 6241 { 6242 /* skip over 'string' to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6243 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '\''; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6244 ; 6245 if (*p == NUL) 6246 break; 6247 } 6248 else if (*p == '"') 6249 { 6250 /* skip over "str\"ing" to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6251 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6252 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 6253 ++p; 6254 if (*p == NUL) 6255 break; 6256 } 6257 else if (br_nest == 0 && mb_nest == 0 && *p == ':') 6258 { 6259 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6260 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. But {ns}: is. */ 6261 len = (int)(p - arg); 6262 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, *arg) == NULL) 6263 || (len > 1 && p[-1] != '}')) 6264 break; 6265 } 6266 6267 if (mb_nest == 0) 6268 { 6269 if (*p == '[') 6270 ++br_nest; 6271 else if (*p == ']') 6272 --br_nest; 6273 } 6274 6275 if (br_nest == 0) 6276 { 6277 if (*p == '{') 6278 { 6279 mb_nest++; 6280 if (expr_start != NULL && *expr_start == NULL) 6281 *expr_start = p; 6282 } 6283 else if (*p == '}') 6284 { 6285 mb_nest--; 6286 if (expr_start != NULL && mb_nest == 0 && *expr_end == NULL) 6287 *expr_end = p; 6288 } 6289 } 6290 } 6291 6292 return p; 6293 } 6294 6295 /* 6296 * Expands out the 'magic' {}'s in a variable/function name. 6297 * Note that this can call itself recursively, to deal with 6298 * constructs like foo{bar}{baz}{bam} 6299 * The four pointer arguments point to "foo{expre}ss{ion}bar" 6300 * "in_start" ^ 6301 * "expr_start" ^ 6302 * "expr_end" ^ 6303 * "in_end" ^ 6304 * 6305 * Returns a new allocated string, which the caller must free. 6306 * Returns NULL for failure. 6307 */ 6308 static char_u * 6309 make_expanded_name( 6310 char_u *in_start, 6311 char_u *expr_start, 6312 char_u *expr_end, 6313 char_u *in_end) 6314 { 6315 char_u c1; 6316 char_u *retval = NULL; 6317 char_u *temp_result; 6318 char_u *nextcmd = NULL; 6319 6320 if (expr_end == NULL || in_end == NULL) 6321 return NULL; 6322 *expr_start = NUL; 6323 *expr_end = NUL; 6324 c1 = *in_end; 6325 *in_end = NUL; 6326 6327 temp_result = eval_to_string(expr_start + 1, &nextcmd, FALSE); 6328 if (temp_result != NULL && nextcmd == NULL) 6329 { 6330 retval = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(temp_result) + (expr_start - in_start) 6331 + (in_end - expr_end) + 1)); 6332 if (retval != NULL) 6333 { 6334 STRCPY(retval, in_start); 6335 STRCAT(retval, temp_result); 6336 STRCAT(retval, expr_end + 1); 6337 } 6338 } 6339 vim_free(temp_result); 6340 6341 *in_end = c1; /* put char back for error messages */ 6342 *expr_start = '{'; 6343 *expr_end = '}'; 6344 6345 if (retval != NULL) 6346 { 6347 temp_result = find_name_end(retval, &expr_start, &expr_end, 0); 6348 if (expr_start != NULL) 6349 { 6350 /* Further expansion! */ 6351 temp_result = make_expanded_name(retval, expr_start, 6352 expr_end, temp_result); 6353 vim_free(retval); 6354 retval = temp_result; 6355 } 6356 } 6357 6358 return retval; 6359 } 6360 6361 /* 6362 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used in a variable or function name. 6363 * Does not include '{' or '}' for magic braces. 6364 */ 6365 int 6366 eval_isnamec(int c) 6367 { 6368 return (ASCII_ISALNUM(c) || c == '_' || c == ':' || c == AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 6369 } 6370 6371 /* 6372 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used as the first character in a 6373 * variable or function name (excluding '{' and '}'). 6374 */ 6375 int 6376 eval_isnamec1(int c) 6377 { 6378 return (ASCII_ISALPHA(c) || c == '_'); 6379 } 6380 6381 /* 6382 * Set number v: variable to "val". 6383 */ 6384 void 6385 set_vim_var_nr(int idx, varnumber_T val) 6386 { 6387 vimvars[idx].vv_nr = val; 6388 } 6389 6390 /* 6391 * Get number v: variable value. 6392 */ 6393 varnumber_T 6394 get_vim_var_nr(int idx) 6395 { 6396 return vimvars[idx].vv_nr; 6397 } 6398 6399 /* 6400 * Get string v: variable value. Uses a static buffer, can only be used once. 6401 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 6402 * Never returns NULL; 6403 */ 6404 char_u * 6405 get_vim_var_str(int idx) 6406 { 6407 return get_tv_string(&vimvars[idx].vv_tv); 6408 } 6409 6410 /* 6411 * Get List v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6412 * needed. 6413 */ 6414 list_T * 6415 get_vim_var_list(int idx) 6416 { 6417 return vimvars[idx].vv_list; 6418 } 6419 6420 /* 6421 * Get Dict v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6422 * needed. 6423 */ 6424 dict_T * 6425 get_vim_var_dict(int idx) 6426 { 6427 return vimvars[idx].vv_dict; 6428 } 6429 6430 /* 6431 * Set v:char to character "c". 6432 */ 6433 void 6434 set_vim_var_char(int c) 6435 { 6436 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6437 6438 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6439 if (has_mbyte) 6440 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 6441 else 6442 #endif 6443 { 6444 buf[0] = c; 6445 buf[1] = NUL; 6446 } 6447 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); 6448 } 6449 6450 /* 6451 * Set v:count to "count" and v:count1 to "count1". 6452 * When "set_prevcount" is TRUE first set v:prevcount from v:count. 6453 */ 6454 void 6455 set_vcount( 6456 long count, 6457 long count1, 6458 int set_prevcount) 6459 { 6460 if (set_prevcount) 6461 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6462 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = count; 6463 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = count1; 6464 } 6465 6466 /* 6467 * Set string v: variable to a copy of "val". 6468 */ 6469 void 6470 set_vim_var_string( 6471 int idx, 6472 char_u *val, 6473 int len) /* length of "val" to use or -1 (whole string) */ 6474 { 6475 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6476 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 6477 if (val == NULL) 6478 vimvars[idx].vv_str = NULL; 6479 else if (len == -1) 6480 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strsave(val); 6481 else 6482 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strnsave(val, len); 6483 } 6484 6485 /* 6486 * Set List v: variable to "val". 6487 */ 6488 void 6489 set_vim_var_list(int idx, list_T *val) 6490 { 6491 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6492 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_LIST; 6493 vimvars[idx].vv_list = val; 6494 if (val != NULL) 6495 ++val->lv_refcount; 6496 } 6497 6498 /* 6499 * Set Dictionary v: variable to "val". 6500 */ 6501 void 6502 set_vim_var_dict(int idx, dict_T *val) 6503 { 6504 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6505 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_DICT; 6506 vimvars[idx].vv_dict = val; 6507 if (val != NULL) 6508 { 6509 ++val->dv_refcount; 6510 dict_set_items_ro(val); 6511 } 6512 } 6513 6514 /* 6515 * Set v:register if needed. 6516 */ 6517 void 6518 set_reg_var(int c) 6519 { 6520 char_u regname; 6521 6522 if (c == 0 || c == ' ') 6523 regname = '"'; 6524 else 6525 regname = c; 6526 /* Avoid free/alloc when the value is already right. */ 6527 if (vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str == NULL || vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str[0] != c) 6528 set_vim_var_string(VV_REG, ®name, 1); 6529 } 6530 6531 /* 6532 * Get or set v:exception. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6533 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6534 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:exception! Does not 6535 * take care of memory allocations. 6536 */ 6537 char_u * 6538 v_exception(char_u *oldval) 6539 { 6540 if (oldval == NULL) 6541 return vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str; 6542 6543 vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str = oldval; 6544 return NULL; 6545 } 6546 6547 /* 6548 * Get or set v:throwpoint. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6549 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6550 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:throwpoint! Does not 6551 * take care of memory allocations. 6552 */ 6553 char_u * 6554 v_throwpoint(char_u *oldval) 6555 { 6556 if (oldval == NULL) 6557 return vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str; 6558 6559 vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str = oldval; 6560 return NULL; 6561 } 6562 6563 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(PROTO) 6564 /* 6565 * Set v:cmdarg. 6566 * If "eap" != NULL, use "eap" to generate the value and return the old value. 6567 * If "oldarg" != NULL, restore the value to "oldarg" and return NULL. 6568 * Must always be called in pairs! 6569 */ 6570 char_u * 6571 set_cmdarg(exarg_T *eap, char_u *oldarg) 6572 { 6573 char_u *oldval; 6574 char_u *newval; 6575 unsigned len; 6576 6577 oldval = vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str; 6578 if (eap == NULL) 6579 { 6580 vim_free(oldval); 6581 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = oldarg; 6582 return NULL; 6583 } 6584 6585 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6586 len = 6; 6587 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6588 len = 8; 6589 else 6590 len = 0; 6591 6592 if (eap->read_edit) 6593 len += 7; 6594 6595 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6596 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_ff) + 6; 6597 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6598 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6599 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_enc) + 7; 6600 if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6601 len += 7 + 4; /* " ++bad=" + "keep" or "drop" */ 6602 # endif 6603 6604 newval = alloc(len + 1); 6605 if (newval == NULL) 6606 return NULL; 6607 6608 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6609 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++bin"); 6610 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6611 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++nobin"); 6612 else 6613 *newval = NUL; 6614 6615 if (eap->read_edit) 6616 STRCAT(newval, " ++edit"); 6617 6618 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6619 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++ff=%s", 6620 eap->cmd + eap->force_ff); 6621 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6622 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6623 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++enc=%s", 6624 eap->cmd + eap->force_enc); 6625 if (eap->bad_char == BAD_KEEP) 6626 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=keep"); 6627 else if (eap->bad_char == BAD_DROP) 6628 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=drop"); 6629 else if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6630 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=%c", eap->bad_char); 6631 # endif 6632 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = newval; 6633 return oldval; 6634 } 6635 #endif 6636 6637 /* 6638 * Get the value of internal variable "name". 6639 * Return OK or FAIL. If OK is returned "rettv" must be cleared. 6640 */ 6641 int 6642 get_var_tv( 6643 char_u *name, 6644 int len, /* length of "name" */ 6645 typval_T *rettv, /* NULL when only checking existence */ 6646 dictitem_T **dip, /* non-NULL when typval's dict item is needed */ 6647 int verbose, /* may give error message */ 6648 int no_autoload) /* do not use script autoloading */ 6649 { 6650 int ret = OK; 6651 typval_T *tv = NULL; 6652 dictitem_T *v; 6653 int cc; 6654 6655 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6656 cc = name[len]; 6657 name[len] = NUL; 6658 6659 /* 6660 * Check for user-defined variables. 6661 */ 6662 v = find_var(name, NULL, no_autoload); 6663 if (v != NULL) 6664 { 6665 tv = &v->di_tv; 6666 if (dip != NULL) 6667 *dip = v; 6668 } 6669 6670 if (tv == NULL) 6671 { 6672 if (rettv != NULL && verbose) 6673 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), name); 6674 ret = FAIL; 6675 } 6676 else if (rettv != NULL) 6677 copy_tv(tv, rettv); 6678 6679 name[len] = cc; 6680 6681 return ret; 6682 } 6683 6684 /* 6685 * Check if variable "name[len]" is a local variable or an argument. 6686 * If so, "*eval_lavars_used" is set to TRUE. 6687 */ 6688 static void 6689 check_vars(char_u *name, int len) 6690 { 6691 int cc; 6692 char_u *varname; 6693 hashtab_T *ht; 6694 6695 if (eval_lavars_used == NULL) 6696 return; 6697 6698 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6699 cc = name[len]; 6700 name[len] = NUL; 6701 6702 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 6703 if (ht == get_funccal_local_ht() || ht == get_funccal_args_ht()) 6704 { 6705 if (find_var(name, NULL, TRUE) != NULL) 6706 *eval_lavars_used = TRUE; 6707 } 6708 6709 name[len] = cc; 6710 } 6711 6712 /* 6713 * Handle expr[expr], expr[expr:expr] subscript and .name lookup. 6714 * Also handle function call with Funcref variable: func(expr) 6715 * Can all be combined: dict.func(expr)[idx]['func'](expr) 6716 */ 6717 int 6718 handle_subscript( 6719 char_u **arg, 6720 typval_T *rettv, 6721 int evaluate, /* do more than finding the end */ 6722 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 6723 { 6724 int ret = OK; 6725 dict_T *selfdict = NULL; 6726 char_u *s; 6727 int len; 6728 typval_T functv; 6729 6730 while (ret == OK 6731 && (**arg == '[' 6732 || (**arg == '.' && rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6733 || (**arg == '(' && (!evaluate || rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6734 || rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL))) 6735 && !VIM_ISWHITE(*(*arg - 1))) 6736 { 6737 if (**arg == '(') 6738 { 6739 partial_T *pt = NULL; 6740 6741 /* need to copy the funcref so that we can clear rettv */ 6742 if (evaluate) 6743 { 6744 functv = *rettv; 6745 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 6746 6747 /* Invoke the function. Recursive! */ 6748 if (functv.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 6749 { 6750 pt = functv.vval.v_partial; 6751 s = partial_name(pt); 6752 } 6753 else 6754 s = functv.vval.v_string; 6755 } 6756 else 6757 s = (char_u *)""; 6758 ret = get_func_tv(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, arg, 6759 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 6760 &len, evaluate, pt, selfdict); 6761 6762 /* Clear the funcref afterwards, so that deleting it while 6763 * evaluating the arguments is possible (see test55). */ 6764 if (evaluate) 6765 clear_tv(&functv); 6766 6767 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately aborting on 6768 * error, or when an interrupt occurred or an exception was thrown 6769 * but not caught. */ 6770 if (aborting()) 6771 { 6772 if (ret == OK) 6773 clear_tv(rettv); 6774 ret = FAIL; 6775 } 6776 dict_unref(selfdict); 6777 selfdict = NULL; 6778 } 6779 else /* **arg == '[' || **arg == '.' */ 6780 { 6781 dict_unref(selfdict); 6782 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6783 { 6784 selfdict = rettv->vval.v_dict; 6785 if (selfdict != NULL) 6786 ++selfdict->dv_refcount; 6787 } 6788 else 6789 selfdict = NULL; 6790 if (eval_index(arg, rettv, evaluate, verbose) == FAIL) 6791 { 6792 clear_tv(rettv); 6793 ret = FAIL; 6794 } 6795 } 6796 } 6797 6798 /* Turn "dict.Func" into a partial for "Func" bound to "dict". 6799 * Don't do this when "Func" is already a partial that was bound 6800 * explicitly (pt_auto is FALSE). */ 6801 if (selfdict != NULL 6802 && (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6803 || (rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 6804 && (rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_auto 6805 || rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_dict == NULL)))) 6806 selfdict = make_partial(selfdict, rettv); 6807 6808 dict_unref(selfdict); 6809 return ret; 6810 } 6811 6812 /* 6813 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and make it empty (0 or NULL 6814 * value). 6815 */ 6816 typval_T * 6817 alloc_tv(void) 6818 { 6819 return (typval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(typval_T)); 6820 } 6821 6822 /* 6823 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and assign a string to it. 6824 * The string "s" must have been allocated, it is consumed. 6825 * Return NULL for out of memory, the variable otherwise. 6826 */ 6827 static typval_T * 6828 alloc_string_tv(char_u *s) 6829 { 6830 typval_T *rettv; 6831 6832 rettv = alloc_tv(); 6833 if (rettv != NULL) 6834 { 6835 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 6836 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 6837 } 6838 else 6839 vim_free(s); 6840 return rettv; 6841 } 6842 6843 /* 6844 * Free the memory for a variable type-value. 6845 */ 6846 void 6847 free_tv(typval_T *varp) 6848 { 6849 if (varp != NULL) 6850 { 6851 switch (varp->v_type) 6852 { 6853 case VAR_FUNC: 6854 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 6855 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 6856 case VAR_STRING: 6857 vim_free(varp->vval.v_string); 6858 break; 6859 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6860 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 6861 break; 6862 case VAR_LIST: 6863 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 6864 break; 6865 case VAR_DICT: 6866 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 6867 break; 6868 case VAR_JOB: 6869 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6870 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 6871 break; 6872 #endif 6873 case VAR_CHANNEL: 6874 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6875 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 6876 break; 6877 #endif 6878 case VAR_NUMBER: 6879 case VAR_FLOAT: 6880 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 6881 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6882 break; 6883 } 6884 vim_free(varp); 6885 } 6886 } 6887 6888 /* 6889 * Free the memory for a variable value and set the value to NULL or 0. 6890 */ 6891 void 6892 clear_tv(typval_T *varp) 6893 { 6894 if (varp != NULL) 6895 { 6896 switch (varp->v_type) 6897 { 6898 case VAR_FUNC: 6899 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 6900 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 6901 case VAR_STRING: 6902 VIM_CLEAR(varp->vval.v_string); 6903 break; 6904 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6905 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 6906 varp->vval.v_partial = NULL; 6907 break; 6908 case VAR_LIST: 6909 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 6910 varp->vval.v_list = NULL; 6911 break; 6912 case VAR_DICT: 6913 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 6914 varp->vval.v_dict = NULL; 6915 break; 6916 case VAR_NUMBER: 6917 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6918 varp->vval.v_number = 0; 6919 break; 6920 case VAR_FLOAT: 6921 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 6922 varp->vval.v_float = 0.0; 6923 break; 6924 #endif 6925 case VAR_JOB: 6926 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6927 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 6928 varp->vval.v_job = NULL; 6929 #endif 6930 break; 6931 case VAR_CHANNEL: 6932 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6933 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 6934 varp->vval.v_channel = NULL; 6935 #endif 6936 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 6937 break; 6938 } 6939 varp->v_lock = 0; 6940 } 6941 } 6942 6943 /* 6944 * Set the value of a variable to NULL without freeing items. 6945 */ 6946 void 6947 init_tv(typval_T *varp) 6948 { 6949 if (varp != NULL) 6950 vim_memset(varp, 0, sizeof(typval_T)); 6951 } 6952 6953 /* 6954 * Get the number value of a variable. 6955 * If it is a String variable, uses vim_str2nr(). 6956 * For incompatible types, return 0. 6957 * get_tv_number_chk() is similar to get_tv_number(), but informs the 6958 * caller of incompatible types: it sets *denote to TRUE if "denote" 6959 * is not NULL or returns -1 otherwise. 6960 */ 6961 varnumber_T 6962 get_tv_number(typval_T *varp) 6963 { 6964 int error = FALSE; 6965 6966 return get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); /* return 0L on error */ 6967 } 6968 6969 varnumber_T 6970 get_tv_number_chk(typval_T *varp, int *denote) 6971 { 6972 varnumber_T n = 0L; 6973 6974 switch (varp->v_type) 6975 { 6976 case VAR_NUMBER: 6977 return varp->vval.v_number; 6978 case VAR_FLOAT: 6979 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 6980 EMSG(_("E805: Using a Float as a Number")); 6981 break; 6982 #endif 6983 case VAR_FUNC: 6984 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6985 EMSG(_("E703: Using a Funcref as a Number")); 6986 break; 6987 case VAR_STRING: 6988 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 6989 vim_str2nr(varp->vval.v_string, NULL, NULL, 6990 STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 6991 return n; 6992 case VAR_LIST: 6993 EMSG(_("E745: Using a List as a Number")); 6994 break; 6995 case VAR_DICT: 6996 EMSG(_("E728: Using a Dictionary as a Number")); 6997 break; 6998 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6999 return varp->vval.v_number == VVAL_TRUE ? 1 : 0; 7000 break; 7001 case VAR_JOB: 7002 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7003 EMSG(_("E910: Using a Job as a Number")); 7004 break; 7005 #endif 7006 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7007 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7008 EMSG(_("E913: Using a Channel as a Number")); 7009 break; 7010 #endif 7011 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7012 internal_error("get_tv_number(UNKNOWN)"); 7013 break; 7014 } 7015 if (denote == NULL) /* useful for values that must be unsigned */ 7016 n = -1; 7017 else 7018 *denote = TRUE; 7019 return n; 7020 } 7021 7022 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7023 float_T 7024 get_tv_float(typval_T *varp) 7025 { 7026 switch (varp->v_type) 7027 { 7028 case VAR_NUMBER: 7029 return (float_T)(varp->vval.v_number); 7030 case VAR_FLOAT: 7031 return varp->vval.v_float; 7032 case VAR_FUNC: 7033 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7034 EMSG(_("E891: Using a Funcref as a Float")); 7035 break; 7036 case VAR_STRING: 7037 EMSG(_("E892: Using a String as a Float")); 7038 break; 7039 case VAR_LIST: 7040 EMSG(_("E893: Using a List as a Float")); 7041 break; 7042 case VAR_DICT: 7043 EMSG(_("E894: Using a Dictionary as a Float")); 7044 break; 7045 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7046 EMSG(_("E907: Using a special value as a Float")); 7047 break; 7048 case VAR_JOB: 7049 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7050 EMSG(_("E911: Using a Job as a Float")); 7051 break; 7052 # endif 7053 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7054 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7055 EMSG(_("E914: Using a Channel as a Float")); 7056 break; 7057 # endif 7058 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7059 internal_error("get_tv_float(UNKNOWN)"); 7060 break; 7061 } 7062 return 0; 7063 } 7064 #endif 7065 7066 /* 7067 * Get the string value of a variable. 7068 * If it is a Number variable, the number is converted into a string. 7069 * get_tv_string() uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7070 * get_tv_string_buf() uses a given buffer. 7071 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 7072 * Never returns NULL; 7073 * get_tv_string_chk() and get_tv_string_buf_chk() are similar, but return 7074 * NULL on error. 7075 */ 7076 char_u * 7077 get_tv_string(typval_T *varp) 7078 { 7079 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7080 7081 return get_tv_string_buf(varp, mybuf); 7082 } 7083 7084 char_u * 7085 get_tv_string_buf(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7086 { 7087 char_u *res = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, buf); 7088 7089 return res != NULL ? res : (char_u *)""; 7090 } 7091 7092 /* 7093 * Careful: This uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7094 */ 7095 char_u * 7096 get_tv_string_chk(typval_T *varp) 7097 { 7098 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7099 7100 return get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, mybuf); 7101 } 7102 7103 char_u * 7104 get_tv_string_buf_chk(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7105 { 7106 switch (varp->v_type) 7107 { 7108 case VAR_NUMBER: 7109 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "%lld", 7110 (varnumber_T)varp->vval.v_number); 7111 return buf; 7112 case VAR_FUNC: 7113 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7114 EMSG(_("E729: using Funcref as a String")); 7115 break; 7116 case VAR_LIST: 7117 EMSG(_("E730: using List as a String")); 7118 break; 7119 case VAR_DICT: 7120 EMSG(_("E731: using Dictionary as a String")); 7121 break; 7122 case VAR_FLOAT: 7123 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7124 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 7125 break; 7126 #endif 7127 case VAR_STRING: 7128 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7129 return varp->vval.v_string; 7130 return (char_u *)""; 7131 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7132 STRCPY(buf, get_var_special_name(varp->vval.v_number)); 7133 return buf; 7134 case VAR_JOB: 7135 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7136 { 7137 job_T *job = varp->vval.v_job; 7138 char *status; 7139 7140 if (job == NULL) 7141 return (char_u *)"no process"; 7142 status = job->jv_status == JOB_FAILED ? "fail" 7143 : job->jv_status >= JOB_ENDED ? "dead" 7144 : "run"; 7145 # ifdef UNIX 7146 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7147 "process %ld %s", (long)job->jv_pid, status); 7148 # elif defined(WIN32) 7149 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7150 "process %ld %s", 7151 (long)job->jv_proc_info.dwProcessId, 7152 status); 7153 # else 7154 /* fall-back */ 7155 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "process ? %s", status); 7156 # endif 7157 return buf; 7158 } 7159 #endif 7160 break; 7161 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7162 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7163 { 7164 channel_T *channel = varp->vval.v_channel; 7165 char *status = channel_status(channel, -1); 7166 7167 if (channel == NULL) 7168 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "channel %s", status); 7169 else 7170 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7171 "channel %d %s", channel->ch_id, status); 7172 return buf; 7173 } 7174 #endif 7175 break; 7176 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7177 EMSG(_("E908: using an invalid value as a String")); 7178 break; 7179 } 7180 return NULL; 7181 } 7182 7183 /* 7184 * Find variable "name" in the list of variables. 7185 * Return a pointer to it if found, NULL if not found. 7186 * Careful: "a:0" variables don't have a name. 7187 * When "htp" is not NULL we are writing to the variable, set "htp" to the 7188 * hashtab_T used. 7189 */ 7190 dictitem_T * 7191 find_var(char_u *name, hashtab_T **htp, int no_autoload) 7192 { 7193 char_u *varname; 7194 hashtab_T *ht; 7195 dictitem_T *ret = NULL; 7196 7197 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7198 if (htp != NULL) 7199 *htp = ht; 7200 if (ht == NULL) 7201 return NULL; 7202 ret = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, varname, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7203 if (ret != NULL) 7204 return ret; 7205 7206 /* Search in parent scope for lambda */ 7207 return find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7208 } 7209 7210 /* 7211 * Find variable "varname" in hashtab "ht" with name "htname". 7212 * Returns NULL if not found. 7213 */ 7214 dictitem_T * 7215 find_var_in_ht( 7216 hashtab_T *ht, 7217 int htname, 7218 char_u *varname, 7219 int no_autoload) 7220 { 7221 hashitem_T *hi; 7222 7223 if (*varname == NUL) 7224 { 7225 /* Must be something like "s:", otherwise "ht" would be NULL. */ 7226 switch (htname) 7227 { 7228 case 's': return &SCRIPT_SV(current_SID)->sv_var; 7229 case 'g': return &globvars_var; 7230 case 'v': return &vimvars_var; 7231 case 'b': return &curbuf->b_bufvar; 7232 case 'w': return &curwin->w_winvar; 7233 case 't': return &curtab->tp_winvar; 7234 case 'l': return get_funccal_local_var(); 7235 case 'a': return get_funccal_args_var(); 7236 } 7237 return NULL; 7238 } 7239 7240 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7241 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7242 { 7243 /* For global variables we may try auto-loading the script. If it 7244 * worked find the variable again. Don't auto-load a script if it was 7245 * loaded already, otherwise it would be loaded every time when 7246 * checking if a function name is a Funcref variable. */ 7247 if (ht == &globvarht && !no_autoload) 7248 { 7249 /* Note: script_autoload() may make "hi" invalid. It must either 7250 * be obtained again or not used. */ 7251 if (!script_autoload(varname, FALSE) || aborting()) 7252 return NULL; 7253 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7254 } 7255 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7256 return NULL; 7257 } 7258 return HI2DI(hi); 7259 } 7260 7261 /* 7262 * Find the hashtab used for a variable name. 7263 * Return NULL if the name is not valid. 7264 * Set "varname" to the start of name without ':'. 7265 */ 7266 hashtab_T * 7267 find_var_ht(char_u *name, char_u **varname) 7268 { 7269 hashitem_T *hi; 7270 hashtab_T *ht; 7271 7272 if (name[0] == NUL) 7273 return NULL; 7274 if (name[1] != ':') 7275 { 7276 /* The name must not start with a colon or #. */ 7277 if (name[0] == ':' || name[0] == AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7278 return NULL; 7279 *varname = name; 7280 7281 /* "version" is "v:version" in all scopes */ 7282 hi = hash_find(&compat_hashtab, name); 7283 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7284 return &compat_hashtab; 7285 7286 ht = get_funccal_local_ht(); 7287 if (ht == NULL) 7288 return &globvarht; /* global variable */ 7289 return ht; /* local variable */ 7290 } 7291 *varname = name + 2; 7292 if (*name == 'g') /* global variable */ 7293 return &globvarht; 7294 /* There must be no ':' or '#' in the rest of the name, unless g: is used 7295 */ 7296 if (vim_strchr(name + 2, ':') != NULL 7297 || vim_strchr(name + 2, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) != NULL) 7298 return NULL; 7299 if (*name == 'b') /* buffer variable */ 7300 return &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 7301 if (*name == 'w') /* window variable */ 7302 return &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 7303 if (*name == 't') /* tab page variable */ 7304 return &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 7305 if (*name == 'v') /* v: variable */ 7306 return &vimvarht; 7307 if (*name == 'a') /* a: function argument */ 7308 return get_funccal_args_ht(); 7309 if (*name == 'l') /* l: local function variable */ 7310 return get_funccal_local_ht(); 7311 if (*name == 's' /* script variable */ 7312 && current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 7313 return &SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID); 7314 return NULL; 7315 } 7316 7317 /* 7318 * Get the string value of a (global/local) variable. 7319 * Note: see get_tv_string() for how long the pointer remains valid. 7320 * Returns NULL when it doesn't exist. 7321 */ 7322 char_u * 7323 get_var_value(char_u *name) 7324 { 7325 dictitem_T *v; 7326 7327 v = find_var(name, NULL, FALSE); 7328 if (v == NULL) 7329 return NULL; 7330 return get_tv_string(&v->di_tv); 7331 } 7332 7333 /* 7334 * Allocate a new hashtab for a sourced script. It will be used while 7335 * sourcing this script and when executing functions defined in the script. 7336 */ 7337 void 7338 new_script_vars(scid_T id) 7339 { 7340 int i; 7341 hashtab_T *ht; 7342 scriptvar_T *sv; 7343 7344 if (ga_grow(&ga_scripts, (int)(id - ga_scripts.ga_len)) == OK) 7345 { 7346 /* Re-allocating ga_data means that an ht_array pointing to 7347 * ht_smallarray becomes invalid. We can recognize this: ht_mask is 7348 * at its init value. Also reset "v_dict", it's always the same. */ 7349 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 7350 { 7351 ht = &SCRIPT_VARS(i); 7352 if (ht->ht_mask == HT_INIT_SIZE - 1) 7353 ht->ht_array = ht->ht_smallarray; 7354 sv = SCRIPT_SV(i); 7355 sv->sv_var.di_tv.vval.v_dict = &sv->sv_dict; 7356 } 7357 7358 while (ga_scripts.ga_len < id) 7359 { 7360 sv = SCRIPT_SV(ga_scripts.ga_len + 1) = 7361 (scriptvar_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(scriptvar_T)); 7362 init_var_dict(&sv->sv_dict, &sv->sv_var, VAR_SCOPE); 7363 ++ga_scripts.ga_len; 7364 } 7365 } 7366 } 7367 7368 /* 7369 * Initialize dictionary "dict" as a scope and set variable "dict_var" to 7370 * point to it. 7371 */ 7372 void 7373 init_var_dict(dict_T *dict, dictitem_T *dict_var, int scope) 7374 { 7375 hash_init(&dict->dv_hashtab); 7376 dict->dv_lock = 0; 7377 dict->dv_scope = scope; 7378 dict->dv_refcount = DO_NOT_FREE_CNT; 7379 dict->dv_copyID = 0; 7380 dict_var->di_tv.vval.v_dict = dict; 7381 dict_var->di_tv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 7382 dict_var->di_tv.v_lock = VAR_FIXED; 7383 dict_var->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 7384 dict_var->di_key[0] = NUL; 7385 } 7386 7387 /* 7388 * Unreference a dictionary initialized by init_var_dict(). 7389 */ 7390 void 7391 unref_var_dict(dict_T *dict) 7392 { 7393 /* Now the dict needs to be freed if no one else is using it, go back to 7394 * normal reference counting. */ 7395 dict->dv_refcount -= DO_NOT_FREE_CNT - 1; 7396 dict_unref(dict); 7397 } 7398 7399 /* 7400 * Clean up a list of internal variables. 7401 * Frees all allocated variables and the value they contain. 7402 * Clears hashtab "ht", does not free it. 7403 */ 7404 void 7405 vars_clear(hashtab_T *ht) 7406 { 7407 vars_clear_ext(ht, TRUE); 7408 } 7409 7410 /* 7411 * Like vars_clear(), but only free the value if "free_val" is TRUE. 7412 */ 7413 void 7414 vars_clear_ext(hashtab_T *ht, int free_val) 7415 { 7416 int todo; 7417 hashitem_T *hi; 7418 dictitem_T *v; 7419 7420 hash_lock(ht); 7421 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 7422 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 7423 { 7424 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7425 { 7426 --todo; 7427 7428 /* Free the variable. Don't remove it from the hashtab, 7429 * ht_array might change then. hash_clear() takes care of it 7430 * later. */ 7431 v = HI2DI(hi); 7432 if (free_val) 7433 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7434 if (v->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_ALLOC) 7435 vim_free(v); 7436 } 7437 } 7438 hash_clear(ht); 7439 ht->ht_used = 0; 7440 } 7441 7442 /* 7443 * Delete a variable from hashtab "ht" at item "hi". 7444 * Clear the variable value and free the dictitem. 7445 */ 7446 static void 7447 delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi) 7448 { 7449 dictitem_T *di = HI2DI(hi); 7450 7451 hash_remove(ht, hi); 7452 clear_tv(&di->di_tv); 7453 vim_free(di); 7454 } 7455 7456 /* 7457 * List the value of one internal variable. 7458 */ 7459 static void 7460 list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first) 7461 { 7462 char_u *tofree; 7463 char_u *s; 7464 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7465 7466 s = echo_string(&v->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 7467 list_one_var_a(prefix, v->di_key, v->di_tv.v_type, 7468 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, first); 7469 vim_free(tofree); 7470 } 7471 7472 static void 7473 list_one_var_a( 7474 char_u *prefix, 7475 char_u *name, 7476 int type, 7477 char_u *string, 7478 int *first) /* when TRUE clear rest of screen and set to FALSE */ 7479 { 7480 /* don't use msg() or msg_attr() to avoid overwriting "v:statusmsg" */ 7481 msg_start(); 7482 msg_puts(prefix); 7483 if (name != NULL) /* "a:" vars don't have a name stored */ 7484 msg_puts(name); 7485 msg_putchar(' '); 7486 msg_advance(22); 7487 if (type == VAR_NUMBER) 7488 msg_putchar('#'); 7489 else if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7490 msg_putchar('*'); 7491 else if (type == VAR_LIST) 7492 { 7493 msg_putchar('['); 7494 if (*string == '[') 7495 ++string; 7496 } 7497 else if (type == VAR_DICT) 7498 { 7499 msg_putchar('{'); 7500 if (*string == '{') 7501 ++string; 7502 } 7503 else 7504 msg_putchar(' '); 7505 7506 msg_outtrans(string); 7507 7508 if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7509 msg_puts((char_u *)"()"); 7510 if (*first) 7511 { 7512 msg_clr_eos(); 7513 *first = FALSE; 7514 } 7515 } 7516 7517 /* 7518 * Set variable "name" to value in "tv". 7519 * If the variable already exists, the value is updated. 7520 * Otherwise the variable is created. 7521 */ 7522 void 7523 set_var( 7524 char_u *name, 7525 typval_T *tv, 7526 int copy) /* make copy of value in "tv" */ 7527 { 7528 dictitem_T *v; 7529 char_u *varname; 7530 hashtab_T *ht; 7531 7532 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7533 if (ht == NULL || *varname == NUL) 7534 { 7535 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7536 return; 7537 } 7538 v = find_var_in_ht(ht, 0, varname, TRUE); 7539 7540 /* Search in parent scope which is possible to reference from lambda */ 7541 if (v == NULL) 7542 v = find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, TRUE); 7543 7544 if ((tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC || tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7545 && var_check_func_name(name, v == NULL)) 7546 return; 7547 7548 if (v != NULL) 7549 { 7550 /* existing variable, need to clear the value */ 7551 if (var_check_ro(v->di_flags, name, FALSE) 7552 || tv_check_lock(v->di_tv.v_lock, name, FALSE)) 7553 return; 7554 7555 /* 7556 * Handle setting internal v: variables separately where needed to 7557 * prevent changing the type. 7558 */ 7559 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7560 { 7561 if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 7562 { 7563 vim_free(v->di_tv.vval.v_string); 7564 if (copy || tv->v_type != VAR_STRING) 7565 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(tv)); 7566 else 7567 { 7568 /* Take over the string to avoid an extra alloc/free. */ 7569 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = tv->vval.v_string; 7570 tv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7571 } 7572 return; 7573 } 7574 else if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 7575 { 7576 v->di_tv.vval.v_number = get_tv_number(tv); 7577 if (STRCMP(varname, "searchforward") == 0) 7578 set_search_direction(v->di_tv.vval.v_number ? '/' : '?'); 7579 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7580 else if (STRCMP(varname, "hlsearch") == 0) 7581 { 7582 no_hlsearch = !v->di_tv.vval.v_number; 7583 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID); 7584 } 7585 #endif 7586 return; 7587 } 7588 else if (v->di_tv.v_type != tv->v_type) 7589 internal_error("set_var()"); 7590 } 7591 7592 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7593 } 7594 else /* add a new variable */ 7595 { 7596 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 7597 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7598 { 7599 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7600 return; 7601 } 7602 7603 /* Make sure the variable name is valid. */ 7604 if (!valid_varname(varname)) 7605 return; 7606 7607 v = (dictitem_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(dictitem_T) 7608 + STRLEN(varname))); 7609 if (v == NULL) 7610 return; 7611 STRCPY(v->di_key, varname); 7612 if (hash_add(ht, DI2HIKEY(v)) == FAIL) 7613 { 7614 vim_free(v); 7615 return; 7616 } 7617 v->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_ALLOC; 7618 } 7619 7620 if (copy || tv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || tv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 7621 copy_tv(tv, &v->di_tv); 7622 else 7623 { 7624 v->di_tv = *tv; 7625 v->di_tv.v_lock = 0; 7626 init_tv(tv); 7627 } 7628 } 7629 7630 /* 7631 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is read-only. 7632 * Also give an error message. 7633 */ 7634 int 7635 var_check_ro(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7636 { 7637 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_RO) 7638 { 7639 EMSG2(_(e_readonlyvar), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7640 return TRUE; 7641 } 7642 if ((flags & DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX) && sandbox) 7643 { 7644 EMSG2(_(e_readonlysbx), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7645 return TRUE; 7646 } 7647 return FALSE; 7648 } 7649 7650 /* 7651 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is fixed. 7652 * Also give an error message. 7653 */ 7654 int 7655 var_check_fixed(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7656 { 7657 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 7658 { 7659 EMSG2(_("E795: Cannot delete variable %s"), 7660 use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7661 return TRUE; 7662 } 7663 return FALSE; 7664 } 7665 7666 /* 7667 * Check if a funcref is assigned to a valid variable name. 7668 * Return TRUE and give an error if not. 7669 */ 7670 int 7671 var_check_func_name( 7672 char_u *name, /* points to start of variable name */ 7673 int new_var) /* TRUE when creating the variable */ 7674 { 7675 /* Allow for w: b: s: and t:. */ 7676 if (!(vim_strchr((char_u *)"wbst", name[0]) != NULL && name[1] == ':') 7677 && !ASCII_ISUPPER((name[0] != NUL && name[1] == ':') 7678 ? name[2] : name[0])) 7679 { 7680 EMSG2(_("E704: Funcref variable name must start with a capital: %s"), 7681 name); 7682 return TRUE; 7683 } 7684 /* Don't allow hiding a function. When "v" is not NULL we might be 7685 * assigning another function to the same var, the type is checked 7686 * below. */ 7687 if (new_var && function_exists(name, FALSE)) 7688 { 7689 EMSG2(_("E705: Variable name conflicts with existing function: %s"), 7690 name); 7691 return TRUE; 7692 } 7693 return FALSE; 7694 } 7695 7696 /* 7697 * Check if a variable name is valid. 7698 * Return FALSE and give an error if not. 7699 */ 7700 int 7701 valid_varname(char_u *varname) 7702 { 7703 char_u *p; 7704 7705 for (p = varname; *p != NUL; ++p) 7706 if (!eval_isnamec1(*p) && (p == varname || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) 7707 && *p != AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7708 { 7709 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), varname); 7710 return FALSE; 7711 } 7712 return TRUE; 7713 } 7714 7715 /* 7716 * Return TRUE if typeval "tv" is set to be locked (immutable). 7717 * Also give an error message, using "name" or _("name") when use_gettext is 7718 * TRUE. 7719 */ 7720 int 7721 tv_check_lock(int lock, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7722 { 7723 if (lock & VAR_LOCKED) 7724 { 7725 EMSG2(_("E741: Value is locked: %s"), 7726 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7727 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7728 : name); 7729 return TRUE; 7730 } 7731 if (lock & VAR_FIXED) 7732 { 7733 EMSG2(_("E742: Cannot change value of %s"), 7734 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7735 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7736 : name); 7737 return TRUE; 7738 } 7739 return FALSE; 7740 } 7741 7742 /* 7743 * Copy the values from typval_T "from" to typval_T "to". 7744 * When needed allocates string or increases reference count. 7745 * Does not make a copy of a list or dict but copies the reference! 7746 * It is OK for "from" and "to" to point to the same item. This is used to 7747 * make a copy later. 7748 */ 7749 void 7750 copy_tv(typval_T *from, typval_T *to) 7751 { 7752 to->v_type = from->v_type; 7753 to->v_lock = 0; 7754 switch (from->v_type) 7755 { 7756 case VAR_NUMBER: 7757 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7758 to->vval.v_number = from->vval.v_number; 7759 break; 7760 case VAR_FLOAT: 7761 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7762 to->vval.v_float = from->vval.v_float; 7763 break; 7764 #endif 7765 case VAR_JOB: 7766 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7767 to->vval.v_job = from->vval.v_job; 7768 if (to->vval.v_job != NULL) 7769 ++to->vval.v_job->jv_refcount; 7770 break; 7771 #endif 7772 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7773 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7774 to->vval.v_channel = from->vval.v_channel; 7775 if (to->vval.v_channel != NULL) 7776 ++to->vval.v_channel->ch_refcount; 7777 break; 7778 #endif 7779 case VAR_STRING: 7780 case VAR_FUNC: 7781 if (from->vval.v_string == NULL) 7782 to->vval.v_string = NULL; 7783 else 7784 { 7785 to->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(from->vval.v_string); 7786 if (from->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 7787 func_ref(to->vval.v_string); 7788 } 7789 break; 7790 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7791 if (from->vval.v_partial == NULL) 7792 to->vval.v_partial = NULL; 7793 else 7794 { 7795 to->vval.v_partial = from->vval.v_partial; 7796 ++to->vval.v_partial->pt_refcount; 7797 } 7798 break; 7799 case VAR_LIST: 7800 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 7801 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 7802 else 7803 { 7804 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list; 7805 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 7806 } 7807 break; 7808 case VAR_DICT: 7809 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7810 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7811 else 7812 { 7813 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict; 7814 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 7815 } 7816 break; 7817 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7818 internal_error("copy_tv(UNKNOWN)"); 7819 break; 7820 } 7821 } 7822 7823 /* 7824 * Make a copy of an item. 7825 * Lists and Dictionaries are also copied. A deep copy if "deep" is set. 7826 * For deepcopy() "copyID" is zero for a full copy or the ID for when a 7827 * reference to an already copied list/dict can be used. 7828 * Returns FAIL or OK. 7829 */ 7830 int 7831 item_copy( 7832 typval_T *from, 7833 typval_T *to, 7834 int deep, 7835 int copyID) 7836 { 7837 static int recurse = 0; 7838 int ret = OK; 7839 7840 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 7841 { 7842 EMSG(_("E698: variable nested too deep for making a copy")); 7843 return FAIL; 7844 } 7845 ++recurse; 7846 7847 switch (from->v_type) 7848 { 7849 case VAR_NUMBER: 7850 case VAR_FLOAT: 7851 case VAR_STRING: 7852 case VAR_FUNC: 7853 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7854 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7855 case VAR_JOB: 7856 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7857 copy_tv(from, to); 7858 break; 7859 case VAR_LIST: 7860 to->v_type = VAR_LIST; 7861 to->v_lock = 0; 7862 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 7863 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 7864 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID) 7865 { 7866 /* use the copy made earlier */ 7867 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list->lv_copylist; 7868 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 7869 } 7870 else 7871 to->vval.v_list = list_copy(from->vval.v_list, deep, copyID); 7872 if (to->vval.v_list == NULL) 7873 ret = FAIL; 7874 break; 7875 case VAR_DICT: 7876 to->v_type = VAR_DICT; 7877 to->v_lock = 0; 7878 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7879 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7880 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID) 7881 { 7882 /* use the copy made earlier */ 7883 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict->dv_copydict; 7884 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 7885 } 7886 else 7887 to->vval.v_dict = dict_copy(from->vval.v_dict, deep, copyID); 7888 if (to->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7889 ret = FAIL; 7890 break; 7891 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7892 internal_error("item_copy(UNKNOWN)"); 7893 ret = FAIL; 7894 } 7895 --recurse; 7896 return ret; 7897 } 7898 7899 /* 7900 * This function is used by f_input() and f_inputdialog() functions. The third 7901 * argument to f_input() specifies the type of completion to use at the 7902 * prompt. The third argument to f_inputdialog() specifies the value to return 7903 * when the user cancels the prompt. 7904 */ 7905 void 7906 get_user_input( 7907 typval_T *argvars, 7908 typval_T *rettv, 7909 int inputdialog, 7910 int secret) 7911 { 7912 char_u *prompt = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 7913 char_u *p = NULL; 7914 int c; 7915 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7916 int cmd_silent_save = cmd_silent; 7917 char_u *defstr = (char_u *)""; 7918 int xp_type = EXPAND_NOTHING; 7919 char_u *xp_arg = NULL; 7920 7921 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 7922 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7923 7924 #ifdef NO_CONSOLE_INPUT 7925 /* While starting up, there is no place to enter text. When running tests 7926 * with --not-a-term we assume feedkeys() will be used. */ 7927 if (no_console_input() && !is_not_a_term()) 7928 return; 7929 #endif 7930 7931 cmd_silent = FALSE; /* Want to see the prompt. */ 7932 if (prompt != NULL) 7933 { 7934 /* Only the part of the message after the last NL is considered as 7935 * prompt for the command line */ 7936 p = vim_strrchr(prompt, '\n'); 7937 if (p == NULL) 7938 p = prompt; 7939 else 7940 { 7941 ++p; 7942 c = *p; 7943 *p = NUL; 7944 msg_start(); 7945 msg_clr_eos(); 7946 msg_puts_attr(prompt, echo_attr); 7947 msg_didout = FALSE; 7948 msg_starthere(); 7949 *p = c; 7950 } 7951 cmdline_row = msg_row; 7952 7953 if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7954 { 7955 defstr = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 7956 if (defstr != NULL) 7957 stuffReadbuffSpec(defstr); 7958 7959 if (!inputdialog && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7960 { 7961 char_u *xp_name; 7962 int xp_namelen; 7963 long argt; 7964 7965 /* input() with a third argument: completion */ 7966 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7967 7968 xp_name = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[2], buf); 7969 if (xp_name == NULL) 7970 return; 7971 7972 xp_namelen = (int)STRLEN(xp_name); 7973 7974 if (parse_compl_arg(xp_name, xp_namelen, &xp_type, &argt, 7975 &xp_arg) == FAIL) 7976 return; 7977 } 7978 } 7979 7980 if (defstr != NULL) 7981 { 7982 int save_ex_normal_busy = ex_normal_busy; 7983 ex_normal_busy = 0; 7984 rettv->vval.v_string = 7985 getcmdline_prompt(secret ? NUL : '@', p, echo_attr, 7986 xp_type, xp_arg); 7987 ex_normal_busy = save_ex_normal_busy; 7988 } 7989 if (inputdialog && rettv->vval.v_string == NULL 7990 && argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN 7991 && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7992 rettv->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string_buf( 7993 &argvars[2], buf)); 7994 7995 vim_free(xp_arg); 7996 7997 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */ 7998 need_wait_return = FALSE; 7999 msg_didout = FALSE; 8000 } 8001 cmd_silent = cmd_silent_save; 8002 } 8003 8004 /* 8005 * ":echo expr1 ..." print each argument separated with a space, add a 8006 * newline at the end. 8007 * ":echon expr1 ..." print each argument plain. 8008 */ 8009 void 8010 ex_echo(exarg_T *eap) 8011 { 8012 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8013 typval_T rettv; 8014 char_u *tofree; 8015 char_u *p; 8016 int needclr = TRUE; 8017 int atstart = TRUE; 8018 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8019 8020 if (eap->skip) 8021 ++emsg_skip; 8022 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n' && !got_int) 8023 { 8024 /* If eval1() causes an error message the text from the command may 8025 * still need to be cleared. E.g., "echo 22,44". */ 8026 need_clr_eos = needclr; 8027 8028 p = arg; 8029 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8030 { 8031 /* 8032 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8033 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8034 * exception. 8035 */ 8036 if (!aborting()) 8037 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8038 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8039 break; 8040 } 8041 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8042 8043 if (!eap->skip) 8044 { 8045 if (atstart) 8046 { 8047 atstart = FALSE; 8048 /* Call msg_start() after eval1(), evaluating the expression 8049 * may cause a message to appear. */ 8050 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8051 { 8052 /* Mark the saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8053 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back 8054 * at the more prompt. */ 8055 msg_sb_eol(); 8056 msg_start(); 8057 } 8058 } 8059 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8060 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)" ", echo_attr); 8061 p = echo_string(&rettv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 8062 if (p != NULL) 8063 for ( ; *p != NUL && !got_int; ++p) 8064 { 8065 if (*p == '\n' || *p == '\r' || *p == TAB) 8066 { 8067 if (*p != TAB && needclr) 8068 { 8069 /* remove any text still there from the command */ 8070 msg_clr_eos(); 8071 needclr = FALSE; 8072 } 8073 msg_putchar_attr(*p, echo_attr); 8074 } 8075 else 8076 { 8077 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8078 if (has_mbyte) 8079 { 8080 int i = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 8081 8082 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, i, echo_attr); 8083 p += i - 1; 8084 } 8085 else 8086 #endif 8087 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, 1, echo_attr); 8088 } 8089 } 8090 vim_free(tofree); 8091 } 8092 clear_tv(&rettv); 8093 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8094 } 8095 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8096 8097 if (eap->skip) 8098 --emsg_skip; 8099 else 8100 { 8101 /* remove text that may still be there from the command */ 8102 if (needclr) 8103 msg_clr_eos(); 8104 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8105 msg_end(); 8106 } 8107 } 8108 8109 /* 8110 * ":echohl {name}". 8111 */ 8112 void 8113 ex_echohl(exarg_T *eap) 8114 { 8115 echo_attr = syn_name2attr(eap->arg); 8116 } 8117 8118 /* 8119 * ":execute expr1 ..." execute the result of an expression. 8120 * ":echomsg expr1 ..." Print a message 8121 * ":echoerr expr1 ..." Print an error 8122 * Each gets spaces around each argument and a newline at the end for 8123 * echo commands 8124 */ 8125 void 8126 ex_execute(exarg_T *eap) 8127 { 8128 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8129 typval_T rettv; 8130 int ret = OK; 8131 char_u *p; 8132 garray_T ga; 8133 int len; 8134 int save_did_emsg; 8135 8136 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 80); 8137 8138 if (eap->skip) 8139 ++emsg_skip; 8140 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n') 8141 { 8142 p = arg; 8143 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8144 { 8145 /* 8146 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8147 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8148 * exception. 8149 */ 8150 if (!aborting()) 8151 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8152 ret = FAIL; 8153 break; 8154 } 8155 8156 if (!eap->skip) 8157 { 8158 p = get_tv_string(&rettv); 8159 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 8160 if (ga_grow(&ga, len + 2) == FAIL) 8161 { 8162 clear_tv(&rettv); 8163 ret = FAIL; 8164 break; 8165 } 8166 if (ga.ga_len) 8167 ((char_u *)(ga.ga_data))[ga.ga_len++] = ' '; 8168 STRCPY((char_u *)(ga.ga_data) + ga.ga_len, p); 8169 ga.ga_len += len; 8170 } 8171 8172 clear_tv(&rettv); 8173 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8174 } 8175 8176 if (ret != FAIL && ga.ga_data != NULL) 8177 { 8178 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg || eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8179 { 8180 /* Mark the already saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8181 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back at the 8182 * more prompt. */ 8183 msg_sb_eol(); 8184 } 8185 8186 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg) 8187 { 8188 MSG_ATTR(ga.ga_data, echo_attr); 8189 out_flush(); 8190 } 8191 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8192 { 8193 /* We don't want to abort following commands, restore did_emsg. */ 8194 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 8195 EMSG((char_u *)ga.ga_data); 8196 if (!force_abort) 8197 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 8198 } 8199 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_execute) 8200 do_cmdline((char_u *)ga.ga_data, 8201 eap->getline, eap->cookie, DOCMD_NOWAIT|DOCMD_VERBOSE); 8202 } 8203 8204 ga_clear(&ga); 8205 8206 if (eap->skip) 8207 --emsg_skip; 8208 8209 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8210 } 8211 8212 /* 8213 * Find window specified by "vp" in tabpage "tp". 8214 */ 8215 win_T * 8216 find_win_by_nr( 8217 typval_T *vp, 8218 tabpage_T *tp) /* NULL for current tab page */ 8219 { 8220 win_T *wp; 8221 int nr; 8222 8223 nr = (int)get_tv_number_chk(vp, NULL); 8224 8225 if (nr < 0) 8226 return NULL; 8227 if (nr == 0) 8228 return curwin; 8229 8230 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp) 8231 { 8232 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8233 { 8234 if (wp->w_id == nr) 8235 return wp; 8236 } 8237 else if (--nr <= 0) 8238 break; 8239 } 8240 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8241 return NULL; 8242 return wp; 8243 } 8244 8245 /* 8246 * Find window specified by "wvp" in tabpage "tvp". 8247 */ 8248 win_T * 8249 find_tabwin( 8250 typval_T *wvp, /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current window */ 8251 typval_T *tvp) /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current tab page */ 8252 { 8253 win_T *wp = NULL; 8254 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8255 long n; 8256 8257 if (wvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8258 { 8259 if (tvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8260 { 8261 n = (long)get_tv_number(tvp); 8262 if (n >= 0) 8263 tp = find_tabpage(n); 8264 } 8265 else 8266 tp = curtab; 8267 8268 if (tp != NULL) 8269 wp = find_win_by_nr(wvp, tp); 8270 } 8271 else 8272 wp = curwin; 8273 8274 return wp; 8275 } 8276 8277 /* 8278 * getwinvar() and gettabwinvar() 8279 */ 8280 void 8281 getwinvar( 8282 typval_T *argvars, 8283 typval_T *rettv, 8284 int off) /* 1 for gettabwinvar() */ 8285 { 8286 win_T *win; 8287 char_u *varname; 8288 dictitem_T *v; 8289 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8290 int done = FALSE; 8291 win_T *oldcurwin; 8292 tabpage_T *oldtabpage; 8293 int need_switch_win; 8294 8295 if (off == 1) 8296 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8297 else 8298 tp = curtab; 8299 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8300 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8301 ++emsg_off; 8302 8303 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8304 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8305 8306 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL) 8307 { 8308 /* Set curwin to be our win, temporarily. Also set the tabpage, 8309 * otherwise the window is not valid. Only do this when needed, 8310 * autocommands get blocked. */ 8311 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8312 if (!need_switch_win 8313 || switch_win(&oldcurwin, &oldtabpage, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8314 { 8315 if (*varname == '&') 8316 { 8317 if (varname[1] == NUL) 8318 { 8319 /* get all window-local options in a dict */ 8320 dict_T *opts = get_winbuf_options(FALSE); 8321 8322 if (opts != NULL) 8323 { 8324 rettv_dict_set(rettv, opts); 8325 done = TRUE; 8326 } 8327 } 8328 else if (get_option_tv(&varname, rettv, 1) == OK) 8329 /* window-local-option */ 8330 done = TRUE; 8331 } 8332 else 8333 { 8334 /* Look up the variable. */ 8335 /* Let getwinvar({nr}, "") return the "w:" dictionary. */ 8336 v = find_var_in_ht(&win->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 'w', 8337 varname, FALSE); 8338 if (v != NULL) 8339 { 8340 copy_tv(&v->di_tv, rettv); 8341 done = TRUE; 8342 } 8343 } 8344 } 8345 8346 if (need_switch_win) 8347 /* restore previous notion of curwin */ 8348 restore_win(oldcurwin, oldtabpage, TRUE); 8349 } 8350 8351 if (!done && argvars[off + 2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8352 /* use the default return value */ 8353 copy_tv(&argvars[off + 2], rettv); 8354 8355 --emsg_off; 8356 } 8357 8358 /* 8359 * "setwinvar()" and "settabwinvar()" functions 8360 */ 8361 void 8362 setwinvar(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv UNUSED, int off) 8363 { 8364 win_T *win; 8365 win_T *save_curwin; 8366 tabpage_T *save_curtab; 8367 int need_switch_win; 8368 char_u *varname, *winvarname; 8369 typval_T *varp; 8370 char_u nbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8371 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8372 8373 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 8374 return; 8375 8376 if (off == 1) 8377 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8378 else 8379 tp = curtab; 8380 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8381 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8382 varp = &argvars[off + 2]; 8383 8384 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL && varp != NULL) 8385 { 8386 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8387 if (!need_switch_win 8388 || switch_win(&save_curwin, &save_curtab, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8389 { 8390 if (*varname == '&') 8391 { 8392 long numval; 8393 char_u *strval; 8394 int error = FALSE; 8395 8396 ++varname; 8397 numval = (long)get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); 8398 strval = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, nbuf); 8399 if (!error && strval != NULL) 8400 set_option_value(varname, numval, strval, OPT_LOCAL); 8401 } 8402 else 8403 { 8404 winvarname = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(varname) + 3); 8405 if (winvarname != NULL) 8406 { 8407 STRCPY(winvarname, "w:"); 8408 STRCPY(winvarname + 2, varname); 8409 set_var(winvarname, varp, TRUE); 8410 vim_free(winvarname); 8411 } 8412 } 8413 } 8414 if (need_switch_win) 8415 restore_win(save_curwin, save_curtab, TRUE); 8416 } 8417 } 8418 8419 /* 8420 * Skip over the name of an option: "&option", "&g:option" or "&l:option". 8421 * "arg" points to the "&" or '+' when called, to "option" when returning. 8422 * Returns NULL when no option name found. Otherwise pointer to the char 8423 * after the option name. 8424 */ 8425 static char_u * 8426 find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags) 8427 { 8428 char_u *p = *arg; 8429 8430 ++p; 8431 if (*p == 'g' && p[1] == ':') 8432 { 8433 *opt_flags = OPT_GLOBAL; 8434 p += 2; 8435 } 8436 else if (*p == 'l' && p[1] == ':') 8437 { 8438 *opt_flags = OPT_LOCAL; 8439 p += 2; 8440 } 8441 else 8442 *opt_flags = 0; 8443 8444 if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8445 return NULL; 8446 *arg = p; 8447 8448 if (p[0] == 't' && p[1] == '_' && p[2] != NUL && p[3] != NUL) 8449 p += 4; /* termcap option */ 8450 else 8451 while (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8452 ++p; 8453 return p; 8454 } 8455 8456 /* 8457 * Return the autoload script name for a function or variable name. 8458 * Returns NULL when out of memory. 8459 */ 8460 char_u * 8461 autoload_name(char_u *name) 8462 { 8463 char_u *p; 8464 char_u *scriptname; 8465 8466 /* Get the script file name: replace '#' with '/', append ".vim". */ 8467 scriptname = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 14)); 8468 if (scriptname == NULL) 8469 return FALSE; 8470 STRCPY(scriptname, "autoload/"); 8471 STRCAT(scriptname, name); 8472 *vim_strrchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) = NUL; 8473 STRCAT(scriptname, ".vim"); 8474 while ((p = vim_strchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR)) != NULL) 8475 *p = '/'; 8476 return scriptname; 8477 } 8478 8479 /* 8480 * If "name" has a package name try autoloading the script for it. 8481 * Return TRUE if a package was loaded. 8482 */ 8483 int 8484 script_autoload( 8485 char_u *name, 8486 int reload) /* load script again when already loaded */ 8487 { 8488 char_u *p; 8489 char_u *scriptname, *tofree; 8490 int ret = FALSE; 8491 int i; 8492 8493 /* If there is no '#' after name[0] there is no package name. */ 8494 p = vim_strchr(name, AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 8495 if (p == NULL || p == name) 8496 return FALSE; 8497 8498 tofree = scriptname = autoload_name(name); 8499 8500 /* Find the name in the list of previously loaded package names. Skip 8501 * "autoload/", it's always the same. */ 8502 for (i = 0; i < ga_loaded.ga_len; ++i) 8503 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[i] + 9, scriptname + 9) == 0) 8504 break; 8505 if (!reload && i < ga_loaded.ga_len) 8506 ret = FALSE; /* was loaded already */ 8507 else 8508 { 8509 /* Remember the name if it wasn't loaded already. */ 8510 if (i == ga_loaded.ga_len && ga_grow(&ga_loaded, 1) == OK) 8511 { 8512 ((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[ga_loaded.ga_len++] = scriptname; 8513 tofree = NULL; 8514 } 8515 8516 /* Try loading the package from $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/<name>.vim */ 8517 if (source_runtime(scriptname, 0) == OK) 8518 ret = TRUE; 8519 } 8520 8521 vim_free(tofree); 8522 return ret; 8523 } 8524 8525 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(FEAT_SESSION) 8526 typedef enum 8527 { 8528 VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT, /* doesn't start with uppercase */ 8529 VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION, /* starts with uppercase, some lower */ 8530 VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO /* all uppercase */ 8531 } var_flavour_T; 8532 8533 static var_flavour_T var_flavour(char_u *varname); 8534 8535 static var_flavour_T 8536 var_flavour(char_u *varname) 8537 { 8538 char_u *p = varname; 8539 8540 if (ASCII_ISUPPER(*p)) 8541 { 8542 while (*(++p)) 8543 if (ASCII_ISLOWER(*p)) 8544 return VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION; 8545 return VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO; 8546 } 8547 else 8548 return VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT; 8549 } 8550 #endif 8551 8552 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO) 8553 /* 8554 * Restore global vars that start with a capital from the viminfo file 8555 */ 8556 int 8557 read_viminfo_varlist(vir_T *virp, int writing) 8558 { 8559 char_u *tab; 8560 int type = VAR_NUMBER; 8561 typval_T tv; 8562 void *save_funccal; 8563 8564 if (!writing && (find_viminfo_parameter('!') != NULL)) 8565 { 8566 tab = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line + 1, '\t'); 8567 if (tab != NULL) 8568 { 8569 *tab++ = '\0'; /* isolate the variable name */ 8570 switch (*tab) 8571 { 8572 case 'S': type = VAR_STRING; break; 8573 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8574 case 'F': type = VAR_FLOAT; break; 8575 #endif 8576 case 'D': type = VAR_DICT; break; 8577 case 'L': type = VAR_LIST; break; 8578 case 'X': type = VAR_SPECIAL; break; 8579 } 8580 8581 tab = vim_strchr(tab, '\t'); 8582 if (tab != NULL) 8583 { 8584 tv.v_type = type; 8585 if (type == VAR_STRING || type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8586 tv.vval.v_string = viminfo_readstring(virp, 8587 (int)(tab - virp->vir_line + 1), TRUE); 8588 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8589 else if (type == VAR_FLOAT) 8590 (void)string2float(tab + 1, &tv.vval.v_float); 8591 #endif 8592 else 8593 tv.vval.v_number = atol((char *)tab + 1); 8594 if (type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8595 { 8596 typval_T *etv = eval_expr(tv.vval.v_string, NULL); 8597 8598 if (etv == NULL) 8599 /* Failed to parse back the dict or list, use it as a 8600 * string. */ 8601 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 8602 else 8603 { 8604 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8605 tv = *etv; 8606 vim_free(etv); 8607 } 8608 } 8609 8610 /* when in a function use global variables */ 8611 save_funccal = clear_current_funccal(); 8612 set_var(virp->vir_line + 1, &tv, FALSE); 8613 restore_current_funccal(save_funccal); 8614 8615 if (tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8616 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8617 else if (tv.v_type == VAR_DICT || tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 8618 clear_tv(&tv); 8619 } 8620 } 8621 } 8622 8623 return viminfo_readline(virp); 8624 } 8625 8626 /* 8627 * Write global vars that start with a capital to the viminfo file 8628 */ 8629 void 8630 write_viminfo_varlist(FILE *fp) 8631 { 8632 hashitem_T *hi; 8633 dictitem_T *this_var; 8634 int todo; 8635 char *s = ""; 8636 char_u *p; 8637 char_u *tofree; 8638 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8639 8640 if (find_viminfo_parameter('!') == NULL) 8641 return; 8642 8643 fputs(_("\n# global variables:\n"), fp); 8644 8645 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8646 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8647 { 8648 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8649 { 8650 --todo; 8651 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8652 if (var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO) 8653 { 8654 switch (this_var->di_tv.v_type) 8655 { 8656 case VAR_STRING: s = "STR"; break; 8657 case VAR_NUMBER: s = "NUM"; break; 8658 case VAR_FLOAT: s = "FLO"; break; 8659 case VAR_DICT: s = "DIC"; break; 8660 case VAR_LIST: s = "LIS"; break; 8661 case VAR_SPECIAL: s = "XPL"; break; 8662 8663 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8664 case VAR_FUNC: 8665 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8666 case VAR_JOB: 8667 case VAR_CHANNEL: 8668 continue; 8669 } 8670 fprintf(fp, "!%s\t%s\t", this_var->di_key, s); 8671 p = echo_string(&this_var->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 8672 if (p != NULL) 8673 viminfo_writestring(fp, p); 8674 vim_free(tofree); 8675 } 8676 } 8677 } 8678 } 8679 #endif 8680 8681 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(PROTO) 8682 int 8683 store_session_globals(FILE *fd) 8684 { 8685 hashitem_T *hi; 8686 dictitem_T *this_var; 8687 int todo; 8688 char_u *p, *t; 8689 8690 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8691 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8692 { 8693 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8694 { 8695 --todo; 8696 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8697 if ((this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER 8698 || this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8699 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8700 { 8701 /* Escape special characters with a backslash. Turn a LF and 8702 * CR into \n and \r. */ 8703 p = vim_strsave_escaped(get_tv_string(&this_var->di_tv), 8704 (char_u *)"\\\"\n\r"); 8705 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 8706 break; 8707 for (t = p; *t != NUL; ++t) 8708 if (*t == '\n') 8709 *t = 'n'; 8710 else if (*t == '\r') 8711 *t = 'r'; 8712 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%s%c", 8713 this_var->di_key, 8714 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8715 : ' ', 8716 p, 8717 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8718 : ' ') < 0) 8719 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8720 { 8721 vim_free(p); 8722 return FAIL; 8723 } 8724 vim_free(p); 8725 } 8726 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8727 else if (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT 8728 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8729 { 8730 float_T f = this_var->di_tv.vval.v_float; 8731 int sign = ' '; 8732 8733 if (f < 0) 8734 { 8735 f = -f; 8736 sign = '-'; 8737 } 8738 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%f", 8739 this_var->di_key, sign, f) < 0) 8740 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8741 return FAIL; 8742 } 8743 #endif 8744 } 8745 } 8746 return OK; 8747 } 8748 #endif 8749 8750 /* 8751 * Display script name where an item was last set. 8752 * Should only be invoked when 'verbose' is non-zero. 8753 */ 8754 void 8755 last_set_msg(scid_T scriptID) 8756 { 8757 char_u *p; 8758 8759 if (scriptID != 0) 8760 { 8761 p = home_replace_save(NULL, get_scriptname(scriptID)); 8762 if (p != NULL) 8763 { 8764 verbose_enter(); 8765 MSG_PUTS(_("\n\tLast set from ")); 8766 MSG_PUTS(p); 8767 vim_free(p); 8768 verbose_leave(); 8769 } 8770 } 8771 } 8772 8773 /* reset v:option_new, v:option_old and v:option_type */ 8774 void 8775 reset_v_option_vars(void) 8776 { 8777 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_NEW, NULL, -1); 8778 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_OLD, NULL, -1); 8779 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_TYPE, NULL, -1); 8780 } 8781 8782 /* 8783 * Prepare "gap" for an assert error and add the sourcing position. 8784 */ 8785 void 8786 prepare_assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8787 { 8788 char buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8789 8790 ga_init2(gap, 1, 100); 8791 if (sourcing_name != NULL) 8792 { 8793 ga_concat(gap, sourcing_name); 8794 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8795 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" "); 8796 } 8797 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8798 { 8799 sprintf(buf, "line %ld", (long)sourcing_lnum); 8800 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)buf); 8801 } 8802 if (sourcing_name != NULL || sourcing_lnum > 0) 8803 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 8804 } 8805 8806 /* 8807 * Add an assert error to v:errors. 8808 */ 8809 void 8810 assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8811 { 8812 struct vimvar *vp = &vimvars[VV_ERRORS]; 8813 8814 if (vp->vv_type != VAR_LIST || vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list == NULL) 8815 /* Make sure v:errors is a list. */ 8816 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 8817 list_append_string(vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list, gap->ga_data, gap->ga_len); 8818 } 8819 8820 void 8821 assert_equal_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 8822 { 8823 garray_T ga; 8824 8825 if (tv_equal(&argvars[0], &argvars[1], FALSE, FALSE) 8826 != (atype == ASSERT_EQUAL)) 8827 { 8828 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8829 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 8830 atype); 8831 assert_error(&ga); 8832 ga_clear(&ga); 8833 } 8834 } 8835 8836 void 8837 assert_equalfile(typval_T *argvars) 8838 { 8839 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 8840 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 8841 char_u *fname1 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 8842 char_u *fname2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 8843 garray_T ga; 8844 FILE *fd1; 8845 FILE *fd2; 8846 8847 if (fname1 == NULL || fname2 == NULL) 8848 return; 8849 8850 IObuff[0] = NUL; 8851 fd1 = mch_fopen((char *)fname1, READBIN); 8852 if (fd1 == NULL) 8853 { 8854 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)e_notread, fname1); 8855 } 8856 else 8857 { 8858 fd2 = mch_fopen((char *)fname2, READBIN); 8859 if (fd2 == NULL) 8860 { 8861 fclose(fd1); 8862 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)e_notread, fname2); 8863 } 8864 else 8865 { 8866 int c1, c2; 8867 long count = 0; 8868 8869 for (;;) 8870 { 8871 c1 = fgetc(fd1); 8872 c2 = fgetc(fd2); 8873 if (c1 == EOF) 8874 { 8875 if (c2 != EOF) 8876 STRCPY(IObuff, "first file is shorter"); 8877 break; 8878 } 8879 else if (c2 == EOF) 8880 { 8881 STRCPY(IObuff, "second file is shorter"); 8882 break; 8883 } 8884 else if (c1 != c2) 8885 { 8886 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 8887 "difference at byte %ld", count); 8888 break; 8889 } 8890 ++count; 8891 } 8892 fclose(fd1); 8893 fclose(fd2); 8894 } 8895 } 8896 if (IObuff[0] != NUL) 8897 { 8898 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8899 ga_concat(&ga, IObuff); 8900 assert_error(&ga); 8901 ga_clear(&ga); 8902 } 8903 } 8904 8905 void 8906 assert_match_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 8907 { 8908 garray_T ga; 8909 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 8910 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 8911 char_u *pat = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 8912 char_u *text = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 8913 8914 if (pat == NULL || text == NULL) 8915 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 8916 else if (pattern_match(pat, text, FALSE) != (atype == ASSERT_MATCH)) 8917 { 8918 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8919 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 8920 atype); 8921 assert_error(&ga); 8922 ga_clear(&ga); 8923 } 8924 } 8925 8926 void 8927 assert_inrange(typval_T *argvars) 8928 { 8929 garray_T ga; 8930 int error = FALSE; 8931 varnumber_T lower = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error); 8932 varnumber_T upper = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[1], &error); 8933 varnumber_T actual = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[2], &error); 8934 char_u *tofree; 8935 char msg[200]; 8936 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8937 8938 if (error) 8939 return; 8940 if (actual < lower || actual > upper) 8941 { 8942 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8943 if (argvars[3].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8944 { 8945 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&argvars[3], &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 8946 vim_free(tofree); 8947 } 8948 else 8949 { 8950 vim_snprintf(msg, 200, "Expected range %ld - %ld, but got %ld", 8951 (long)lower, (long)upper, (long)actual); 8952 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)msg); 8953 } 8954 assert_error(&ga); 8955 ga_clear(&ga); 8956 } 8957 } 8958 8959 /* 8960 * Common for assert_true() and assert_false(). 8961 */ 8962 void 8963 assert_bool(typval_T *argvars, int isTrue) 8964 { 8965 int error = FALSE; 8966 garray_T ga; 8967 8968 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_SPECIAL 8969 && argvars[0].vval.v_number == (isTrue ? VVAL_TRUE : VVAL_FALSE)) 8970 return; 8971 if (argvars[0].v_type != VAR_NUMBER 8972 || (get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error) == 0) == isTrue 8973 || error) 8974 { 8975 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8976 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], 8977 (char_u *)(isTrue ? "True" : "False"), 8978 NULL, &argvars[0], ASSERT_OTHER); 8979 assert_error(&ga); 8980 ga_clear(&ga); 8981 } 8982 } 8983 8984 void 8985 assert_report(typval_T *argvars) 8986 { 8987 garray_T ga; 8988 8989 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8990 ga_concat(&ga, get_tv_string(&argvars[0])); 8991 assert_error(&ga); 8992 ga_clear(&ga); 8993 } 8994 8995 void 8996 assert_exception(typval_T *argvars) 8997 { 8998 garray_T ga; 8999 char_u *error = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9000 9001 if (vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str == NULL) 9002 { 9003 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9004 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"v:exception is not set"); 9005 assert_error(&ga); 9006 ga_clear(&ga); 9007 } 9008 else if (error != NULL 9009 && strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str, (char *)error) == NULL) 9010 { 9011 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9012 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], NULL, &argvars[0], 9013 &vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9014 assert_error(&ga); 9015 ga_clear(&ga); 9016 } 9017 } 9018 9019 void 9020 assert_beeps(typval_T *argvars) 9021 { 9022 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9023 garray_T ga; 9024 9025 called_vim_beep = FALSE; 9026 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9027 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9028 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9029 if (!called_vim_beep) 9030 { 9031 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9032 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not beep: "); 9033 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9034 assert_error(&ga); 9035 ga_clear(&ga); 9036 } 9037 9038 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9039 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9040 } 9041 9042 void 9043 assert_fails(typval_T *argvars) 9044 { 9045 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9046 garray_T ga; 9047 9048 called_emsg = FALSE; 9049 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9050 emsg_silent = TRUE; 9051 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9052 if (!called_emsg) 9053 { 9054 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9055 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not fail: "); 9056 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9057 assert_error(&ga); 9058 ga_clear(&ga); 9059 } 9060 else if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9061 { 9062 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9063 char *error = (char *)get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 9064 9065 if (error == NULL 9066 || strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_str, error) == NULL) 9067 { 9068 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9069 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[1], 9070 &vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9071 assert_error(&ga); 9072 ga_clear(&ga); 9073 } 9074 } 9075 9076 called_emsg = FALSE; 9077 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9078 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9079 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9080 set_vim_var_string(VV_ERRMSG, NULL, 0); 9081 } 9082 9083 /* 9084 * Append "str" to "gap", escaping unprintable characters. 9085 * Changes NL to \n, CR to \r, etc. 9086 */ 9087 static void 9088 ga_concat_esc(garray_T *gap, char_u *str) 9089 { 9090 char_u *p; 9091 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9092 9093 if (str == NULL) 9094 { 9095 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"NULL"); 9096 return; 9097 } 9098 9099 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ++p) 9100 switch (*p) 9101 { 9102 case BS: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\b"); break; 9103 case ESC: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\e"); break; 9104 case FF: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\f"); break; 9105 case NL: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\n"); break; 9106 case TAB: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\t"); break; 9107 case CAR: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\r"); break; 9108 case '\\': ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\\\"); break; 9109 default: 9110 if (*p < ' ') 9111 { 9112 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "\\x%02x", *p); 9113 ga_concat(gap, buf); 9114 } 9115 else 9116 ga_append(gap, *p); 9117 break; 9118 } 9119 } 9120 9121 /* 9122 * Fill "gap" with information about an assert error. 9123 */ 9124 void 9125 fill_assert_error( 9126 garray_T *gap, 9127 typval_T *opt_msg_tv, 9128 char_u *exp_str, 9129 typval_T *exp_tv, 9130 typval_T *got_tv, 9131 assert_type_T atype) 9132 { 9133 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9134 char_u *tofree; 9135 9136 if (opt_msg_tv->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9137 { 9138 ga_concat(gap, echo_string(opt_msg_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9139 vim_free(tofree); 9140 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 9141 } 9142 9143 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH || atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9144 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Pattern "); 9145 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9146 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected not equal to "); 9147 else 9148 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected "); 9149 if (exp_str == NULL) 9150 { 9151 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(exp_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9152 vim_free(tofree); 9153 } 9154 else 9155 ga_concat_esc(gap, exp_str); 9156 if (atype != ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9157 { 9158 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH) 9159 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does not match "); 9160 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9161 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does match "); 9162 else 9163 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" but got "); 9164 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(got_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9165 vim_free(tofree); 9166 } 9167 } 9168 9169 /* 9170 * Compare "typ1" and "typ2". Put the result in "typ1". 9171 */ 9172 int 9173 typval_compare( 9174 typval_T *typ1, /* first operand */ 9175 typval_T *typ2, /* second operand */ 9176 exptype_T type, /* operator */ 9177 int type_is, /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 9178 int ic) /* ignore case */ 9179 { 9180 int i; 9181 varnumber_T n1, n2; 9182 char_u *s1, *s2; 9183 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 9184 9185 if (type_is && typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9186 { 9187 /* For "is" a different type always means FALSE, for "notis" 9188 * it means TRUE. */ 9189 n1 = (type == TYPE_NEQUAL); 9190 } 9191 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_LIST || typ2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 9192 { 9193 if (type_is) 9194 { 9195 n1 = (typ1->v_type == typ2->v_type 9196 && typ1->vval.v_list == typ2->vval.v_list); 9197 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9198 n1 = !n1; 9199 } 9200 else if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type 9201 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 9202 { 9203 if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9204 EMSG(_("E691: Can only compare List with List")); 9205 else 9206 EMSG(_("E692: Invalid operation for List")); 9207 clear_tv(typ1); 9208 return FAIL; 9209 } 9210 else 9211 { 9212 /* Compare two Lists for being equal or unequal. */ 9213 n1 = list_equal(typ1->vval.v_list, typ2->vval.v_list, 9214 ic, FALSE); 9215 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9216 n1 = !n1; 9217 } 9218 } 9219 9220 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_DICT || typ2->v_type == VAR_DICT) 9221 { 9222 if (type_is) 9223 { 9224 n1 = (typ1->v_type == typ2->v_type 9225 && typ1->vval.v_dict == typ2->vval.v_dict); 9226 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9227 n1 = !n1; 9228 } 9229 else if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type 9230 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 9231 { 9232 if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9233 EMSG(_("E735: Can only compare Dictionary with Dictionary")); 9234 else 9235 EMSG(_("E736: Invalid operation for Dictionary")); 9236 clear_tv(typ1); 9237 return FAIL; 9238 } 9239 else 9240 { 9241 /* Compare two Dictionaries for being equal or unequal. */ 9242 n1 = dict_equal(typ1->vval.v_dict, typ2->vval.v_dict, 9243 ic, FALSE); 9244 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9245 n1 = !n1; 9246 } 9247 } 9248 9249 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FUNC || typ2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 9250 || typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL || typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 9251 { 9252 if (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL) 9253 { 9254 EMSG(_("E694: Invalid operation for Funcrefs")); 9255 clear_tv(typ1); 9256 return FAIL; 9257 } 9258 if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9259 && typ1->vval.v_partial == NULL) 9260 || (typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9261 && typ2->vval.v_partial == NULL)) 9262 /* when a partial is NULL assume not equal */ 9263 n1 = FALSE; 9264 else if (type_is) 9265 { 9266 if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FUNC && typ2->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 9267 /* strings are considered the same if their value is 9268 * the same */ 9269 n1 = tv_equal(typ1, typ2, ic, FALSE); 9270 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9271 && typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 9272 n1 = (typ1->vval.v_partial == typ2->vval.v_partial); 9273 else 9274 n1 = FALSE; 9275 } 9276 else 9277 n1 = tv_equal(typ1, typ2, ic, FALSE); 9278 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9279 n1 = !n1; 9280 } 9281 9282 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 9283 /* 9284 * If one of the two variables is a float, compare as a float. 9285 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 9286 */ 9287 else if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || typ2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9288 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9289 { 9290 float_T f1, f2; 9291 9292 if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9293 f1 = typ1->vval.v_float; 9294 else 9295 f1 = get_tv_number(typ1); 9296 if (typ2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9297 f2 = typ2->vval.v_float; 9298 else 9299 f2 = get_tv_number(typ2); 9300 n1 = FALSE; 9301 switch (type) 9302 { 9303 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (f1 == f2); break; 9304 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (f1 != f2); break; 9305 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (f1 > f2); break; 9306 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (f1 >= f2); break; 9307 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (f1 < f2); break; 9308 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (f1 <= f2); break; 9309 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 9310 case TYPE_MATCH: 9311 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9312 } 9313 } 9314 #endif 9315 9316 /* 9317 * If one of the two variables is a number, compare as a number. 9318 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 9319 */ 9320 else if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || typ2->v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 9321 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9322 { 9323 n1 = get_tv_number(typ1); 9324 n2 = get_tv_number(typ2); 9325 switch (type) 9326 { 9327 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (n1 == n2); break; 9328 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (n1 != n2); break; 9329 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (n1 > n2); break; 9330 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (n1 >= n2); break; 9331 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (n1 < n2); break; 9332 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (n1 <= n2); break; 9333 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 9334 case TYPE_MATCH: 9335 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9336 } 9337 } 9338 else 9339 { 9340 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(typ1, buf1); 9341 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(typ2, buf2); 9342 if (type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9343 i = ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2); 9344 else 9345 i = 0; 9346 n1 = FALSE; 9347 switch (type) 9348 { 9349 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (i == 0); break; 9350 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (i != 0); break; 9351 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (i > 0); break; 9352 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (i >= 0); break; 9353 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (i < 0); break; 9354 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (i <= 0); break; 9355 9356 case TYPE_MATCH: 9357 case TYPE_NOMATCH: 9358 n1 = pattern_match(s2, s1, ic); 9359 if (type == TYPE_NOMATCH) 9360 n1 = !n1; 9361 break; 9362 9363 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9364 } 9365 } 9366 clear_tv(typ1); 9367 typ1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 9368 typ1->vval.v_number = n1; 9369 9370 return OK; 9371 } 9372 9373 char_u * 9374 typval_tostring(arg) 9375 typval_T *arg; 9376 { 9377 char_u *tofree; 9378 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9379 char_u *ret = NULL; 9380 9381 if (arg == NULL) 9382 return vim_strsave((char_u *)"(does not exist)"); 9383 ret = tv2string(arg, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 9384 /* Make a copy if we have a value but it's not in allocated memory. */ 9385 if (ret != NULL && tofree == NULL) 9386 ret = vim_strsave(ret); 9387 return ret; 9388 } 9389 9390 int 9391 var_exists(char_u *var) 9392 { 9393 char_u *name; 9394 char_u *tofree; 9395 typval_T tv; 9396 int len = 0; 9397 int n = FALSE; 9398 9399 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 9400 name = var; 9401 len = get_name_len(&var, &tofree, TRUE, FALSE); 9402 if (len > 0) 9403 { 9404 if (tofree != NULL) 9405 name = tofree; 9406 n = (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == OK); 9407 if (n) 9408 { 9409 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 9410 n = (handle_subscript(&var, &tv, TRUE, FALSE) == OK); 9411 if (n) 9412 clear_tv(&tv); 9413 } 9414 } 9415 if (*var != NUL) 9416 n = FALSE; 9417 9418 vim_free(tofree); 9419 return n; 9420 } 9421 9422 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ 9423 9424 9425 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 9426 9427 #ifdef WIN3264 9428 /* 9429 * Functions for ":8" filename modifier: get 8.3 version of a filename. 9430 */ 9431 static int get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9432 static int shortpath_for_invalid_fname(char_u **fname, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9433 static int shortpath_for_partial(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9434 9435 /* 9436 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fnamep". 9437 * Only works for a valid file name. 9438 * When the path gets longer "fnamep" is changed and the allocated buffer 9439 * is put in "bufp". 9440 * *fnamelen is the length of "fnamep" and set to 0 for a nonexistent path. 9441 * Returns OK on success, FAIL on failure. 9442 */ 9443 static int 9444 get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen) 9445 { 9446 int l, len; 9447 char_u *newbuf; 9448 9449 len = *fnamelen; 9450 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, len); 9451 if (l > len - 1) 9452 { 9453 /* If that doesn't work (not enough space), then save the string 9454 * and try again with a new buffer big enough. */ 9455 newbuf = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, l); 9456 if (newbuf == NULL) 9457 return FAIL; 9458 9459 vim_free(*bufp); 9460 *fnamep = *bufp = newbuf; 9461 9462 /* Really should always succeed, as the buffer is big enough. */ 9463 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, l+1); 9464 } 9465 9466 *fnamelen = l; 9467 return OK; 9468 } 9469 9470 /* 9471 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fname". The converted 9472 * path is returned in "bufp". 9473 * 9474 * Some of the directories specified in "fname" may not exist. This function 9475 * will shorten the existing directories at the beginning of the path and then 9476 * append the remaining non-existing path. 9477 * 9478 * fname - Pointer to the filename to shorten. On return, contains the 9479 * pointer to the shortened pathname 9480 * bufp - Pointer to an allocated buffer for the filename. 9481 * fnamelen - Length of the filename pointed to by fname 9482 * 9483 * Returns OK on success (or nothing done) and FAIL on failure (out of memory). 9484 */ 9485 static int 9486 shortpath_for_invalid_fname( 9487 char_u **fname, 9488 char_u **bufp, 9489 int *fnamelen) 9490 { 9491 char_u *short_fname, *save_fname, *pbuf_unused; 9492 char_u *endp, *save_endp; 9493 char_u ch; 9494 int old_len, len; 9495 int new_len, sfx_len; 9496 int retval = OK; 9497 9498 /* Make a copy */ 9499 old_len = *fnamelen; 9500 save_fname = vim_strnsave(*fname, old_len); 9501 pbuf_unused = NULL; 9502 short_fname = NULL; 9503 9504 endp = save_fname + old_len - 1; /* Find the end of the copy */ 9505 save_endp = endp; 9506 9507 /* 9508 * Try shortening the supplied path till it succeeds by removing one 9509 * directory at a time from the tail of the path. 9510 */ 9511 len = 0; 9512 for (;;) 9513 { 9514 /* go back one path-separator */ 9515 while (endp > save_fname && !after_pathsep(save_fname, endp + 1)) 9516 --endp; 9517 if (endp <= save_fname) 9518 break; /* processed the complete path */ 9519 9520 /* 9521 * Replace the path separator with a NUL and try to shorten the 9522 * resulting path. 9523 */ 9524 ch = *endp; 9525 *endp = 0; 9526 short_fname = save_fname; 9527 len = (int)STRLEN(short_fname) + 1; 9528 if (get_short_pathname(&short_fname, &pbuf_unused, &len) == FAIL) 9529 { 9530 retval = FAIL; 9531 goto theend; 9532 } 9533 *endp = ch; /* preserve the string */ 9534 9535 if (len > 0) 9536 break; /* successfully shortened the path */ 9537 9538 /* failed to shorten the path. Skip the path separator */ 9539 --endp; 9540 } 9541 9542 if (len > 0) 9543 { 9544 /* 9545 * Succeeded in shortening the path. Now concatenate the shortened 9546 * path with the remaining path at the tail. 9547 */ 9548 9549 /* Compute the length of the new path. */ 9550 sfx_len = (int)(save_endp - endp) + 1; 9551 new_len = len + sfx_len; 9552 9553 *fnamelen = new_len; 9554 vim_free(*bufp); 9555 if (new_len > old_len) 9556 { 9557 /* There is not enough space in the currently allocated string, 9558 * copy it to a buffer big enough. */ 9559 *fname = *bufp = vim_strnsave(short_fname, new_len); 9560 if (*fname == NULL) 9561 { 9562 retval = FAIL; 9563 goto theend; 9564 } 9565 } 9566 else 9567 { 9568 /* Transfer short_fname to the main buffer (it's big enough), 9569 * unless get_short_pathname() did its work in-place. */ 9570 *fname = *bufp = save_fname; 9571 if (short_fname != save_fname) 9572 vim_strncpy(save_fname, short_fname, len); 9573 save_fname = NULL; 9574 } 9575 9576 /* concat the not-shortened part of the path */ 9577 vim_strncpy(*fname + len, endp, sfx_len); 9578 (*fname)[new_len] = NUL; 9579 } 9580 9581 theend: 9582 vim_free(pbuf_unused); 9583 vim_free(save_fname); 9584 9585 return retval; 9586 } 9587 9588 /* 9589 * Get a pathname for a partial path. 9590 * Returns OK for success, FAIL for failure. 9591 */ 9592 static int 9593 shortpath_for_partial( 9594 char_u **fnamep, 9595 char_u **bufp, 9596 int *fnamelen) 9597 { 9598 int sepcount, len, tflen; 9599 char_u *p; 9600 char_u *pbuf, *tfname; 9601 int hasTilde; 9602 9603 /* Count up the path separators from the RHS.. so we know which part 9604 * of the path to return. */ 9605 sepcount = 0; 9606 for (p = *fnamep; p < *fnamep + *fnamelen; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9607 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9608 ++sepcount; 9609 9610 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9611 hasTilde = (**fnamep == '~'); 9612 if (hasTilde) 9613 pbuf = tfname = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9614 else 9615 pbuf = tfname = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9616 9617 len = tflen = (int)STRLEN(tfname); 9618 9619 if (get_short_pathname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9620 return FAIL; 9621 9622 if (len == 0) 9623 { 9624 /* Don't have a valid filename, so shorten the rest of the 9625 * path if we can. This CAN give us invalid 8.3 filenames, but 9626 * there's not a lot of point in guessing what it might be. 9627 */ 9628 len = tflen; 9629 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9630 return FAIL; 9631 } 9632 9633 /* Count the paths backward to find the beginning of the desired string. */ 9634 for (p = tfname + len - 1; p >= tfname; --p) 9635 { 9636 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9637 if (has_mbyte) 9638 p -= mb_head_off(tfname, p); 9639 #endif 9640 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9641 { 9642 if (sepcount == 0 || (hasTilde && sepcount == 1)) 9643 break; 9644 else 9645 sepcount --; 9646 } 9647 } 9648 if (hasTilde) 9649 { 9650 --p; 9651 if (p >= tfname) 9652 *p = '~'; 9653 else 9654 return FAIL; 9655 } 9656 else 9657 ++p; 9658 9659 /* Copy in the string - p indexes into tfname - allocated at pbuf */ 9660 vim_free(*bufp); 9661 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 9662 *bufp = pbuf; 9663 *fnamep = p; 9664 9665 return OK; 9666 } 9667 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9668 9669 /* 9670 * Adjust a filename, according to a string of modifiers. 9671 * *fnamep must be NUL terminated when called. When returning, the length is 9672 * determined by *fnamelen. 9673 * Returns VALID_ flags or -1 for failure. 9674 * When there is an error, *fnamep is set to NULL. 9675 */ 9676 int 9677 modify_fname( 9678 char_u *src, /* string with modifiers */ 9679 int *usedlen, /* characters after src that are used */ 9680 char_u **fnamep, /* file name so far */ 9681 char_u **bufp, /* buffer for allocated file name or NULL */ 9682 int *fnamelen) /* length of fnamep */ 9683 { 9684 int valid = 0; 9685 char_u *tail; 9686 char_u *s, *p, *pbuf; 9687 char_u dirname[MAXPATHL]; 9688 int c; 9689 int has_fullname = 0; 9690 #ifdef WIN3264 9691 char_u *fname_start = *fnamep; 9692 int has_shortname = 0; 9693 #endif 9694 9695 repeat: 9696 /* ":p" - full path/file_name */ 9697 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'p') 9698 { 9699 has_fullname = 1; 9700 9701 valid |= VALID_PATH; 9702 *usedlen += 2; 9703 9704 /* Expand "~/path" for all systems and "~user/path" for Unix and VMS */ 9705 if ((*fnamep)[0] == '~' 9706 #if !defined(UNIX) && !(defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) 9707 && ((*fnamep)[1] == '/' 9708 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 9709 || (*fnamep)[1] == '\\' 9710 # endif 9711 || (*fnamep)[1] == NUL) 9712 9713 #endif 9714 ) 9715 { 9716 *fnamep = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9717 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9718 *bufp = *fnamep; 9719 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9720 return -1; 9721 } 9722 9723 /* When "/." or "/.." is used: force expansion to get rid of it. */ 9724 for (p = *fnamep; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9725 { 9726 if (vim_ispathsep(*p) 9727 && p[1] == '.' 9728 && (p[2] == NUL 9729 || vim_ispathsep(p[2]) 9730 || (p[2] == '.' 9731 && (p[3] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(p[3]))))) 9732 break; 9733 } 9734 9735 /* FullName_save() is slow, don't use it when not needed. */ 9736 if (*p != NUL || !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9737 { 9738 *fnamep = FullName_save(*fnamep, *p != NUL); 9739 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9740 *bufp = *fnamep; 9741 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9742 return -1; 9743 } 9744 9745 #ifdef WIN3264 9746 # if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0500 9747 if (vim_strchr(*fnamep, '~') != NULL) 9748 { 9749 /* Expand 8.3 filename to full path. Needed to make sure the same 9750 * file does not have two different names. 9751 * Note: problem does not occur if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500. */ 9752 p = alloc(_MAX_PATH + 1); 9753 if (p != NULL) 9754 { 9755 if (GetLongPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)p, _MAX_PATH)) 9756 { 9757 vim_free(*bufp); 9758 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9759 } 9760 else 9761 vim_free(p); 9762 } 9763 } 9764 # endif 9765 #endif 9766 /* Append a path separator to a directory. */ 9767 if (mch_isdir(*fnamep)) 9768 { 9769 /* Make room for one or two extra characters. */ 9770 *fnamep = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) + 2); 9771 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9772 *bufp = *fnamep; 9773 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9774 return -1; 9775 add_pathsep(*fnamep); 9776 } 9777 } 9778 9779 /* ":." - path relative to the current directory */ 9780 /* ":~" - path relative to the home directory */ 9781 /* ":8" - shortname path - postponed till after */ 9782 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9783 && ((c = src[*usedlen + 1]) == '.' || c == '~' || c == '8')) 9784 { 9785 *usedlen += 2; 9786 if (c == '8') 9787 { 9788 #ifdef WIN3264 9789 has_shortname = 1; /* Postpone this. */ 9790 #endif 9791 continue; 9792 } 9793 pbuf = NULL; 9794 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9795 if (!has_fullname) 9796 { 9797 if (c == '.' && **fnamep == '~') 9798 p = pbuf = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9799 else 9800 p = pbuf = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9801 } 9802 else 9803 p = *fnamep; 9804 9805 has_fullname = 0; 9806 9807 if (p != NULL) 9808 { 9809 if (c == '.') 9810 { 9811 mch_dirname(dirname, MAXPATHL); 9812 s = shorten_fname(p, dirname); 9813 if (s != NULL) 9814 { 9815 *fnamep = s; 9816 if (pbuf != NULL) 9817 { 9818 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9819 *bufp = pbuf; 9820 pbuf = NULL; 9821 } 9822 } 9823 } 9824 else 9825 { 9826 home_replace(NULL, p, dirname, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 9827 /* Only replace it when it starts with '~' */ 9828 if (*dirname == '~') 9829 { 9830 s = vim_strsave(dirname); 9831 if (s != NULL) 9832 { 9833 *fnamep = s; 9834 vim_free(*bufp); 9835 *bufp = s; 9836 } 9837 } 9838 } 9839 vim_free(pbuf); 9840 } 9841 } 9842 9843 tail = gettail(*fnamep); 9844 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(*fnamep); 9845 9846 /* ":h" - head, remove "/file_name", can be repeated */ 9847 /* Don't remove the first "/" or "c:\" */ 9848 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'h') 9849 { 9850 valid |= VALID_HEAD; 9851 *usedlen += 2; 9852 s = get_past_head(*fnamep); 9853 while (tail > s && after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9854 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9855 *fnamelen = (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9856 #ifdef VMS 9857 if (*fnamelen > 0) 9858 *fnamelen += 1; /* the path separator is part of the path */ 9859 #endif 9860 if (*fnamelen == 0) 9861 { 9862 /* Result is empty. Turn it into "." to make ":cd %:h" work. */ 9863 p = vim_strsave((char_u *)"."); 9864 if (p == NULL) 9865 return -1; 9866 vim_free(*bufp); 9867 *bufp = *fnamep = tail = p; 9868 *fnamelen = 1; 9869 } 9870 else 9871 { 9872 while (tail > s && !after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9873 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9874 } 9875 } 9876 9877 /* ":8" - shortname */ 9878 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == '8') 9879 { 9880 *usedlen += 2; 9881 #ifdef WIN3264 9882 has_shortname = 1; 9883 #endif 9884 } 9885 9886 #ifdef WIN3264 9887 /* 9888 * Handle ":8" after we have done 'heads' and before we do 'tails'. 9889 */ 9890 if (has_shortname) 9891 { 9892 /* Copy the string if it is shortened by :h and when it wasn't copied 9893 * yet, because we are going to change it in place. Avoids changing 9894 * the buffer name for "%:8". */ 9895 if (*fnamelen < (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) || *fnamep == fname_start) 9896 { 9897 p = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 9898 if (p == NULL) 9899 return -1; 9900 vim_free(*bufp); 9901 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9902 } 9903 9904 /* Split into two implementations - makes it easier. First is where 9905 * there isn't a full name already, second is where there is. */ 9906 if (!has_fullname && !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9907 { 9908 if (shortpath_for_partial(fnamep, bufp, fnamelen) == FAIL) 9909 return -1; 9910 } 9911 else 9912 { 9913 int l = *fnamelen; 9914 9915 /* Simple case, already have the full-name. 9916 * Nearly always shorter, so try first time. */ 9917 if (get_short_pathname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9918 return -1; 9919 9920 if (l == 0) 9921 { 9922 /* Couldn't find the filename, search the paths. */ 9923 l = *fnamelen; 9924 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9925 return -1; 9926 } 9927 *fnamelen = l; 9928 } 9929 } 9930 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9931 9932 /* ":t" - tail, just the basename */ 9933 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 't') 9934 { 9935 *usedlen += 2; 9936 *fnamelen -= (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9937 *fnamep = tail; 9938 } 9939 9940 /* ":e" - extension, can be repeated */ 9941 /* ":r" - root, without extension, can be repeated */ 9942 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9943 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' || src[*usedlen + 1] == 'r')) 9944 { 9945 /* find a '.' in the tail: 9946 * - for second :e: before the current fname 9947 * - otherwise: The last '.' 9948 */ 9949 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' && *fnamep > tail) 9950 s = *fnamep - 2; 9951 else 9952 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9953 for ( ; s > tail; --s) 9954 if (s[0] == '.') 9955 break; 9956 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e') /* :e */ 9957 { 9958 if (s > tail) 9959 { 9960 *fnamelen += (int)(*fnamep - (s + 1)); 9961 *fnamep = s + 1; 9962 #ifdef VMS 9963 /* cut version from the extension */ 9964 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9965 for ( ; s > *fnamep; --s) 9966 if (s[0] == ';') 9967 break; 9968 if (s > *fnamep) 9969 *fnamelen = s - *fnamep; 9970 #endif 9971 } 9972 else if (*fnamep <= tail) 9973 *fnamelen = 0; 9974 } 9975 else /* :r */ 9976 { 9977 if (s > tail) /* remove one extension */ 9978 *fnamelen = (int)(s - *fnamep); 9979 } 9980 *usedlen += 2; 9981 } 9982 9983 /* ":s?pat?foo?" - substitute */ 9984 /* ":gs?pat?foo?" - global substitute */ 9985 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9986 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 's' 9987 || (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g' && src[*usedlen + 2] == 's'))) 9988 { 9989 char_u *str; 9990 char_u *pat; 9991 char_u *sub; 9992 int sep; 9993 char_u *flags; 9994 int didit = FALSE; 9995 9996 flags = (char_u *)""; 9997 s = src + *usedlen + 2; 9998 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g') 9999 { 10000 flags = (char_u *)"g"; 10001 ++s; 10002 } 10003 10004 sep = *s++; 10005 if (sep) 10006 { 10007 /* find end of pattern */ 10008 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 10009 if (p != NULL) 10010 { 10011 pat = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 10012 if (pat != NULL) 10013 { 10014 s = p + 1; 10015 /* find end of substitution */ 10016 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 10017 if (p != NULL) 10018 { 10019 sub = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 10020 str = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 10021 if (sub != NULL && str != NULL) 10022 { 10023 *usedlen = (int)(p + 1 - src); 10024 s = do_string_sub(str, pat, sub, NULL, flags); 10025 if (s != NULL) 10026 { 10027 *fnamep = s; 10028 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(s); 10029 vim_free(*bufp); 10030 *bufp = s; 10031 didit = TRUE; 10032 } 10033 } 10034 vim_free(sub); 10035 vim_free(str); 10036 } 10037 vim_free(pat); 10038 } 10039 } 10040 /* after using ":s", repeat all the modifiers */ 10041 if (didit) 10042 goto repeat; 10043 } 10044 } 10045 10046 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'S') 10047 { 10048 /* vim_strsave_shellescape() needs a NUL terminated string. */ 10049 c = (*fnamep)[*fnamelen]; 10050 if (c != NUL) 10051 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = NUL; 10052 p = vim_strsave_shellescape(*fnamep, FALSE, FALSE); 10053 if (c != NUL) 10054 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = c; 10055 if (p == NULL) 10056 return -1; 10057 vim_free(*bufp); 10058 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 10059 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 10060 *usedlen += 2; 10061 } 10062 10063 return valid; 10064 } 10065 10066 /* 10067 * Perform a substitution on "str" with pattern "pat" and substitute "sub". 10068 * When "sub" is NULL "expr" is used, must be a VAR_FUNC or VAR_PARTIAL. 10069 * "flags" can be "g" to do a global substitute. 10070 * Returns an allocated string, NULL for error. 10071 */ 10072 char_u * 10073 do_string_sub( 10074 char_u *str, 10075 char_u *pat, 10076 char_u *sub, 10077 typval_T *expr, 10078 char_u *flags) 10079 { 10080 int sublen; 10081 regmatch_T regmatch; 10082 int i; 10083 int do_all; 10084 char_u *tail; 10085 char_u *end; 10086 garray_T ga; 10087 char_u *ret; 10088 char_u *save_cpo; 10089 char_u *zero_width = NULL; 10090 10091 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, so that the 'l' flag doesn't work here */ 10092 save_cpo = p_cpo; 10093 p_cpo = empty_option; 10094 10095 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 200); 10096 10097 do_all = (flags[0] == 'g'); 10098 10099 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; 10100 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 10101 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 10102 { 10103 tail = str; 10104 end = str + STRLEN(str); 10105 while (vim_regexec_nl(®match, str, (colnr_T)(tail - str))) 10106 { 10107 /* Skip empty match except for first match. */ 10108 if (regmatch.startp[0] == regmatch.endp[0]) 10109 { 10110 if (zero_width == regmatch.startp[0]) 10111 { 10112 /* avoid getting stuck on a match with an empty string */ 10113 i = MB_PTR2LEN(tail); 10114 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, 10115 (size_t)i); 10116 ga.ga_len += i; 10117 tail += i; 10118 continue; 10119 } 10120 zero_width = regmatch.startp[0]; 10121 } 10122 10123 /* 10124 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the substitution 10125 * into. It will contain: 10126 * - The text up to where the match is. 10127 * - The substituted text. 10128 * - The text after the match. 10129 */ 10130 sublen = vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, tail, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 10131 if (ga_grow(&ga, (int)((end - tail) + sublen - 10132 (regmatch.endp[0] - regmatch.startp[0]))) == FAIL) 10133 { 10134 ga_clear(&ga); 10135 break; 10136 } 10137 10138 /* copy the text up to where the match is */ 10139 i = (int)(regmatch.startp[0] - tail); 10140 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, (size_t)i); 10141 /* add the substituted text */ 10142 (void)vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, (char_u *)ga.ga_data 10143 + ga.ga_len + i, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE); 10144 ga.ga_len += i + sublen - 1; 10145 tail = regmatch.endp[0]; 10146 if (*tail == NUL) 10147 break; 10148 if (!do_all) 10149 break; 10150 } 10151 10152 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) 10153 STRCPY((char *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail); 10154 10155 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 10156 } 10157 10158 ret = vim_strsave(ga.ga_data == NULL ? str : (char_u *)ga.ga_data); 10159 ga_clear(&ga); 10160 if (p_cpo == empty_option) 10161 p_cpo = save_cpo; 10162 else 10163 /* Darn, evaluating {sub} expression or {expr} changed the value. */ 10164 free_string_option(save_cpo); 10165 10166 return ret; 10167 } 10168 10169 static int 10170 filter_map_one(typval_T *tv, typval_T *expr, int map, int *remp) 10171 { 10172 typval_T rettv; 10173 typval_T argv[3]; 10174 int retval = FAIL; 10175 10176 copy_tv(tv, &vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10177 argv[0] = vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv; 10178 argv[1] = vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv; 10179 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, argv, 2, &rettv) == FAIL) 10180 goto theend; 10181 if (map) 10182 { 10183 /* map(): replace the list item value */ 10184 clear_tv(tv); 10185 rettv.v_lock = 0; 10186 *tv = rettv; 10187 } 10188 else 10189 { 10190 int error = FALSE; 10191 10192 /* filter(): when expr is zero remove the item */ 10193 *remp = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, &error) == 0); 10194 clear_tv(&rettv); 10195 /* On type error, nothing has been removed; return FAIL to stop the 10196 * loop. The error message was given by get_tv_number_chk(). */ 10197 if (error) 10198 goto theend; 10199 } 10200 retval = OK; 10201 theend: 10202 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10203 return retval; 10204 } 10205 10206 10207 /* 10208 * Implementation of map() and filter(). 10209 */ 10210 void 10211 filter_map(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int map) 10212 { 10213 typval_T *expr; 10214 listitem_T *li, *nli; 10215 list_T *l = NULL; 10216 dictitem_T *di; 10217 hashtab_T *ht; 10218 hashitem_T *hi; 10219 dict_T *d = NULL; 10220 typval_T save_val; 10221 typval_T save_key; 10222 int rem; 10223 int todo; 10224 char_u *ermsg = (char_u *)(map ? "map()" : "filter()"); 10225 char_u *arg_errmsg = (char_u *)(map ? N_("map() argument") 10226 : N_("filter() argument")); 10227 int save_did_emsg; 10228 int idx = 0; 10229 10230 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_LIST) 10231 { 10232 if ((l = argvars[0].vval.v_list) == NULL 10233 || (!map && tv_check_lock(l->lv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10234 return; 10235 } 10236 else if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10237 { 10238 if ((d = argvars[0].vval.v_dict) == NULL 10239 || (!map && tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10240 return; 10241 } 10242 else 10243 { 10244 EMSG2(_(e_listdictarg), ermsg); 10245 return; 10246 } 10247 10248 expr = &argvars[1]; 10249 /* On type errors, the preceding call has already displayed an error 10250 * message. Avoid a misleading error message for an empty string that 10251 * was not passed as argument. */ 10252 if (expr->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 10253 { 10254 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10255 10256 /* We reset "did_emsg" to be able to detect whether an error 10257 * occurred during evaluation of the expression. */ 10258 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10259 did_emsg = FALSE; 10260 10261 prepare_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10262 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10263 { 10264 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 10265 10266 ht = &d->dv_hashtab; 10267 hash_lock(ht); 10268 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 10269 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 10270 { 10271 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 10272 { 10273 int r; 10274 10275 --todo; 10276 di = HI2DI(hi); 10277 if (map && 10278 (tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10279 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10280 break; 10281 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_str = vim_strsave(di->di_key); 10282 r = filter_map_one(&di->di_tv, expr, map, &rem); 10283 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv); 10284 if (r == FAIL || did_emsg) 10285 break; 10286 if (!map && rem) 10287 { 10288 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10289 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10290 break; 10291 dictitem_remove(d, di); 10292 } 10293 } 10294 } 10295 hash_unlock(ht); 10296 } 10297 else 10298 { 10299 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_NUMBER; 10300 10301 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = nli) 10302 { 10303 if (map && tv_check_lock(li->li_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10304 break; 10305 nli = li->li_next; 10306 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_nr = idx; 10307 if (filter_map_one(&li->li_tv, expr, map, &rem) == FAIL 10308 || did_emsg) 10309 break; 10310 if (!map && rem) 10311 listitem_remove(l, li); 10312 ++idx; 10313 } 10314 } 10315 10316 restore_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10317 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10318 10319 did_emsg |= save_did_emsg; 10320 } 10321 10322 copy_tv(&argvars[0], rettv); 10323 } 10324 10325 #endif /* defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) */ 10326